UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

(Rule 12g-3(a))

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): August 15, 2011

 

 

BankGuam Holding Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Guam   To be assigned *   96-0002144

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

P.O. Box BW

Hagatna, Guam

  96910
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (671) 472-5300

 

* This Report is filed by Registrant as successor issuer to Bank of Guam (the “Bank”). The Bank’s common stock previously was registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and, pursuant to Section 12(i) of the Exchange Act, the Bank filed reports with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Registrant’s common stock is deemed to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act by virtue of Rule 12g-3(a).

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


      

 

Item 8.01. Other Events.

[In this Report on Form 8-K, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the

Registrant, BankGuam Holding Company.]

We were incorporated on November 22, 2010, by and at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank of Guam (the “Bank”) for the sole purpose of acquiring the Bank and serving as the Bank’s parent bank holding company.

Effective on August 15, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), we acquired the Bank in a transaction (the “Reorganization”) effected under Guam law and in accordance with the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated October 29, 2010 (the “Agreement”). Prior to the Effective Date, we had no material assets and had not conducted any business or operations except for activities related to our organization and the Reorganization.

The Agreement and the Reorganization previously were approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the annual meeting held on May 3, 2010. Pursuant to the Agreement, on the Effective Date each of the 8,771,197 outstanding shares of the Bank’s $0.2083 par value common stock formerly held by its shareholders was converted into one newly issued share of our $0.2083 par value common stock, and the Bank became our wholly-owned subsidiary. The shares of our common stock issued to the Bank’s shareholders were issued without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(12) of that Act.

Also on the Effective Date, we adopted the Bank of Guam Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) as our own, and each then current outstanding option to purchase shares of the Bank’s common stock (“Stock Options”) under the Plan was converted into an option to purchase the same number of shares of our common stock on the same terms and conditions as were in effect with respect to those outstanding Stock Options under the written agreements pertaining thereto and the written plans under which such Stock Options were issued.

After execution of the Agreement, the Bank adopted the Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 Plan”), which was approved by the Bank’s shareholders on May 2, 2011. Pursuant to a Substitution Agreement and Undertaking of BankGuam Holding Company in Relation to Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated August 10, 2011, we agreed on the Effective Date, (1) the rights to acquire our shares shall be substituted for rights to acquire the Bank’s shares under the 2011 Plan, (2) to assume all the Bank’s rights and obligations under the 2011 Plan, and (3) any shares of Bank stock reserved pursuant to the 2011 Plan and converted into our shares pursuant to the Reorganization shall be deemed held and reserved under the 2011 Plan.

Our directors are the same as those of the Bank, and our current shareholders consist of the former shareholders of the Bank who own the same percentages of our common stock as they previously owned of the Bank’s common stock. Shareholders will receive certificates evidencing their shares of our common stock in exchange for and upon the proper surrender of their Bank certificates. The trading symbol for our common stock is “BKGM”.

We are a Guam corporation formed under the Guam Business Corporation Act that will operate as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As such, we are subject to supervision and examination by, and the regulations and reporting requirements of, the Federal Reserve Board. We have no other subsidiaries. Our principal office is the same as the Bank’s main banking office and is located at 111 Chalan Santo Papa, Hagatna, Guam. Our telephone number at that address is (671) 472-5300.

The Bank is an FDIC-insured, Guam-chartered commercial bank which was chartered on March 13, 1972 and commenced banking operations in on December 11, 1972 and which engages in a general commercial and consumer banking business. The Bank’s operations are primarily retail oriented and are aimed at individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in its market area. The Bank will continue to exist, and to conduct its business, in the same manner and under the same name as it did before the Reorganization.

Prior to the Effective Date, the Bank’s common stock was registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The Bank was subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with Section 12(i) thereof, it filed annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the FDIC. Copies of reports filed by the Bank are on file with the FDIC and are available for inspection at the offices of the FDIC’s Accounting and Securities


Disclosure Section located at Room F-6043, 550 17th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20429. Copies of those reports also may be obtained by contacting the FDIC’s Accounting and Securities Disclosure Section at (202) 898-8913, or by facsimile at (202) 989-8505.

As a result of the Reorganization, we have become a successor issuer to the Bank as provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “Commission”) Rule 12g-3(a) under the Exchange Act, and our common stock is deemed to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. We have become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. This Current Report on Form 8-K is our initial report under the Exchange Act.

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK

Authorized Capital Stock. Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of up to 48,000,000 shares of common stock of the par value of $0.2083 per share. They are not bank deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency or by the Bank.

Voting Rights. Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any issue requiring a vote at any meeting. Shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, the number of directors is eleven (11), or such greater number as is specified by our By-Laws. The number of directors specified by our By-Laws is at present eleven (11). Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, directors are classified into three Class I Directors, four Class II Directors, and four Class III Directors. The terms of Class I Directors expire in 2012, those of Class II expire in 2013, and those of Class III expire in 2014.

Charter Amendments. In general, an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation, including a provision to increase our authorized capital stock or to authorize an additional class of capital stock, may be effected if the amendment is recommended to our shareholders by our Board of Directors and approved by shareholders at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum (consisting of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the issue) is present and more votes are cast in favor of such action than are cast against.

Merger, Share Exchange, Sale of Assets, and Dissolution. In general, Guam law requires that a merger, share exchange (other than certain mergers or share exchanges in which we are the surviving entity), certain material sales of assets or a voluntary dissolution may in each case be effected if such action is recommended to the shareholders by our Board of Directors and approved by shareholders at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum (consisting of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the issue) is present and more votes are cast in favor of such action than are cast against.

Dividends. Holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends when as and if declared by our Board of Directors from funds legally available for such purpose. Since the source of funds for the payment of dividends to shareholders will be dividends received from the Bank (as its sole shareholder) our ability to pay dividends will depend on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends under applicable law and the declaration of dividends by the Bank.

Miscellaneous. Shares of the BankGuam Holding Company are fully paid and non-assessable. Shares of our common stock are not restricted as to alienability by our Articles of Incorporation or by applicable law. There are no conversion rights, sinking fund provisions or redemption provisions applicable to our common stock. Holders of our common stock do not have any preferential or preemptive rights to subscribe to or purchase any share of any class of stock of the corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acts as a registrar and transfer agent for our common stock.

 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

  (a) Financial Statements of Business Acquired.

Not applicable.

 

  (b) Pro forma Financial Information.

Not applicable.


  (c) Exhibits. The following exhibits are being filed or furnished with this Report.

 

Exhibit No.

    

Exhibit

  2.01       Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated October 29, 2010 between Registrant and the Bank
  3.01       Articles of Incorporation of Registrant
  3.02       By-laws of Registrant
  10.01       First Amended Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2008 between the Bank and Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero
  10.02       Employment Agreement dated February 11, 2009 between the Bank and William D. Leon Guerrero
  10.03       2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.04       Substitution Agreement and Undertaking of Registrant in Relation to the Bank 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated August 10, 2011
  99.01       The Bank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2010 (1)
  99.02       The Bank’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (1)
  99.03       The Bank’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 (1)

 

(1) Filed by the Bank with the FDIC


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we have duly caused this Report to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY
 

                         (Registrant)

     

Date: August 15, 2011

  By:   /s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero                                                         
    Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, President and Chair
   

Exhibit 2.01

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER (“Reorganization Agreement”) is made and entered into this 29th day of October, 2010, among Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, a Guam resident, the Bank of Guam (“Bank”), a Territorial bank chartered under the Guam Banking Code; BankGuam Holding Company (“BankGuam Holding Company” or “Holding Company”), a corporation chartered under the Guam Business Corporation Act; and, BankGuam Subsidiary (“Subsidiary”) a corporation chartered under the Guam Business Corporation Act as a subsidiary of BankGuam Holding Company.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Bank is a banking corporation duly organized, validly existing and doing business in good standing under the laws of Guam, and has authorized capital of 48,000,000 shares of $0.2083 par value common stock (“Bank Common Stock”) which, as of March 15, 2010, there are 8,680,530 shares issued and outstanding; and

WHEREAS, Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and doing business in good standing under the laws of Guam. The capital stock of Subsidiary issued and outstanding now consists of one share issued to Holding Company as incorporator and sole shareholder of Subsidiary at a price of $1,000 per share; and

WHEREAS, Holding Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and doing business in good standing under the laws of Guam, and has authorized capital of 48,000,000 shares of $0.2083 par value common stock (“Holding Company Common Stock”) of which, on the consummation of the merger contemplated by this Reorganization Agreement, there will be 8,680,530 shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued and outstanding. The capital stock of Holding Company issued and outstanding now consists of 500 shares issued to Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, as incorporator and sole shareholder of Holding Company at a price of $2.00 per share; and

WHEREAS, a majority of the entire Board of Directors of Bank and Subsidiary, respectively, have approved this Reorganization Agreement and authorized its execution, and a majority of the Board of Directors of Holding Company has approved this Reorganization Agreement, undertaken that Holding Company shall join in and be bound by it, and authorized the undertakings hereinafter made by Holding Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements herein set forth and for the purpose of prescribing the terms and conditions of the merger of Subsidiary into Bank and he exchange of Bank Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock, the parties hereto agree as follows:


Article 1

Terms of Merger

1.1 Merger: On the Effective Date, as defined in Section 3.1, Subsidiary shall be merged with and into Bank (“Merger”), which shall be the continuing bank (as defined in Section 106301 of the Guam Banking Code) (for purposes of this Reorganization Agreement, the Bank after the Effective Date of the Merger is sometimes referred to as the “Continuing Bank” and a subsidiary of Holding Company. Continuing Bank’s name shall continue to be “Bank of Guam.”

1.2 Articles and Bylaws: The Articles of Incorporation of Bank as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date shall, at and after the Effective Date, continue to be the Articles of Incorporation of the Continuing Bank, and the Bylaws of Bank as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date shall, at and after the Effective Date, continue to be the Bylaws of the Continuing Bank.

1.3 Officers and Directors: On and after the Effective Date, the directors and officers of Bank immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue to be the directors and officers of the Continuing Bank. Directors of the Continuing Bank shall serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders of the Continuing Bank and until such time as their successors are elected.

1.4 Rights and Privileges: On and after the Effective Date, all the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, facilities and immunities, as well as all the properties, real, personal and mixed, tangible and intangible, of Bank shall continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger. On and after the Effective Date, the Continuing Bank shall without further transfer, possess all of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, facilities, and immunities, as well as all the properties, real, personal and mixed, tangible and intangible, of Bank and Subsidiary.

1.5 Assumption of Liabilities: On and after the Effective Date, the Continuing Bank shall succeed to and be liable for all debts, liabilities and other obligations, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, of Subsidiary or Bank, of any nature whatsoever, existing on the Effective Date or attributable to the operations of Subsidiary or Bank as though the Continuing Bank had incurred them.

1.6 Further Cooperation: If at any time after the Effective Date any further conveyance, assignment or other documents, or any further action is necessary or desirable to further effectuate the transactions set forth herein or contemplated hereby, the officers and director of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents as may be reasonably required to effectuate such transactions

1.7 Offices: Upon the Effective Date, all offices of Bank shall be offices of the Continuing Bank and the principal office of Bank shall be the principal office of the Continuing Bank.

 

2


1.8 Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero as to shares of Holding Company and Holding Company as to shares of Subsidiary agree not to sell, assign, transfer encumber, hypothecate, or make any other disposition of any of the shares of Holding Company or Subsidiary, except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or with consent of all other parties to this Agreement.

1.9 Holding Company and Subsidiary agree not to issue any shares except the shares issued to Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and Holding Company, respectively, as herein provided other than upon consent of all parties to this Agreement.

1.10 The respective certificates representing the number of shares of Holding Company and Subsidiary Stock if any are issued shall be endorsed as follows:

This Certificate is transferable only upon compliance with the provisions of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated                     .

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and Holding Company further agree to vote all shares of Holding Company and Subsidiary Stock, respectively, at meetings of the shareholders or by written consent in favor of the Merger.

Article II

Capital Stock

2.1 Stock of Subsidiary: The share of common stock of Subsidiary issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be converted into such number of shares of common stock of Continuing Bank as were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date.

2.2 Stock of Bank: Each share of common stock of Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be converted into one share of common stock of Holding Company.

2.3 Exchange of Holding Company Stock for Bank Stock: On the Effective Date, each Bank shareholder of record at that date shall be entitled to receive one share of common stock of Holding Company for each share of common stock of Bank held on that date and Holding Company shall issue that number of shares which shareholders are entitled to receive. On and after the Effective Date, certificates representing the issued and outstanding common stock of Bank shall thereafter represent shares of common stock of Holding Company, and such certificates shall be exchanged by the holders thereof, after the Merger becomes effective, for new certificates for the appropriate numbers of shares bearing the name of Holding Company. On and after the Effective Date, there shall be no registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of Bank of shares of Bank which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

3


2.4 Upon the Effective Date, the share of stock of Subsidiary issued to Holding Company and outstanding prior to the Effective Date shall be repurchased by Subsidiary at the price of $1,000 per share.

2.5 Upon the Effective Date, the shares of stock of Holding Company issued to Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and outstanding prior to the Effective Date shall be repurchased by Holding Company from Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero at the price of $2.00 per share, such that the sole shares of Holding Company outstanding following the Effective Date shall be the shares of stock issued pursuant to paragraph 2.3 hereof.

2.6 Rights to Stock Options: On and after the Effective Date, all outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock of Bank granted pursuant to the Bank’s Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option plan shall be assumed by and shall be deemed options to purchase shares of common stock of Holding Company on the same terms and conditions, subject to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Guam Blue Sky Law, and for the same number of shares as have been agreed upon and set forth in Bank’s Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option plan and employee stock option agreements entered into pursuant thereto.

2.7 Employee Benefit Plans: On and after the Effective Date, each share of common stock of the Bank held in trust or otherwise in connection with the Bank of Guam 2001 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (“Plan”), shall be converted into one share of common stock of Holding Company. The Plan and the Bank’s obligations thereunder shall be assumed by the Holding company at the Effective Date and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as existed prior to the Effective Date, subject to the requirements or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Guam Blue Sky Law.

2.8 Dissenting Shares: For those holders of shares of Bank Common Stock who vote against the Reorganization Agreement, they shall have dissenters rights in connection with the Merger to the extent provided in Sections 106309 and 106313 of the Guam Banking Code.

Article III

Effective Date

3.1 Effective Date: This Agreement shall become effective upon the receipt of all Guam and federal regulatory approvals as might be necessary and the filing, in the Office of the Commissioner of Banking and Insurance of an executed copy of this Agreement and all requisite accompanying certificates, in accordance with Sections 106306 and 106313 of the Guam Banking Code. The date of such filing shall be the “Effective Date” of the Merger.

Article IV

Approvals

4.1 Shareholder Approval: This Agreement shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Bank, Subsidiary and Holding Company for approval and ratification, as provided by

 

4


the applicable laws of Guam and in accordance with other applicable law. The approval of this Agreement by the Bank’s shareholders shall be deemed to include approval of such changes to this Agreement, if any, as may be required from time to time by any bank regulatory agency or department.

4.2 Regulatory Approvals: The parties hereto agree that each shall proceed to and cooperate fully to obtain the regulatory approvals and consents and to satisfy the requirements prescribed by applicable law and/or regulation or which are otherwise necessary or desirable in connection with the completion of the Merger as outlined herein. Such regulatory approvals, consents and requirements shall include, but shall not be limited to the approvals and consents set forth in Article V herein.

Article V

Conditions Precedent

5.1 The Merger is subject to and conditioned upon the following:

(a) Approval and ratification of this Agreement by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Bank, Subsidiary and Holding Company as required by applicable law:

(b) Receipt of all other approvals and consents, and satisfaction of all other requirements as are prescribed by applicable law in connection with the Merger including, but not limited to, approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and Section 225.17 of Regulation Y promulgated pursuant thereto;

(c) Issuance (unless the same is waived by the parties hereto) of a favorable ruling by the Guam taxing authority or an opinion from a law firm or accounting firm, in form and substance satisfactory to the parties and their counsel, with respect to the tax consequences to the parties and their shareholders resulting from the Merger; and

(d) Performance by each party hereto of all its obligations under this Agreement.

Article VI

Termination

6.1 The Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) If any of the conditions set forth in Article V are not fulfilled within a reasonable period of time, such reasonable period of time to be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors of any of the parties, in their sole and absolute discretion; or

 

5


(b) If any action, suit, proceeding or claim has been instituted, made or threatened, relating to the proposed Merger which makes consummation of the Merger inadvisable in the opinion of a majority of the Board of Directors of any of the parties; or

(c) If for any reason consummation of the Merger is inadvisable in the opinion of a majority of the Board of Directors of any of the parties.

Upon termination, the Reorganization Agreement shall be void and of no further effect, and there shall be no liability by reason of this Reorganization Agreement or the termination thereof on the part of the parties hereto or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or shareholders.

Article VII

Expenses

7.1 All of the expenses of the Merger, including filing fees, printing and mailing costs, and accountants’ fees and legal fees shall be borne by Continuing Bank or the Holding Company, as applicable. In the event that the Merger is abandoned or terminated for any reasons, all expenses shall be borne by Bank.

Article VIII

Amendments and Modifications

8.1 Amendments and Modifications: Bank, Subsidiary and Holding Company, by mutual consent of their respective Boards of Directors, to the extent permitted by law, may amend, modify, supplement and interpret this Reorganization Agreement in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon by them in writing at any time before or after adoption thereof by shareholders of Bank, Subsidiary and Holding Company, provided, however, that no such amendment, modification or supplement shall change any principal term hereof or the number or kind of shares to be issued by Holding Company in exchange for each share of Bank, except (i) by the affirmative action of such shareholders as required by law or (ii) the initial approval of this Reorganization Agreement by the Bank’s shareholders shall be deemed to include approval of such changes to this Reorganization Agreement, if any, as may be required from time to time by any bank regulatory agency or department.

8.2 Counterparts: This Reorganization Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts.

8.3 Governing Laws: This Reorganization Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Guam.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Reorganization Agreement to be executed in counterparts by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

BANK OF GUAM     BANKGUAM SUBSIDIARY

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

   

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

Chair & President     Chair & President

/s/ Roger P. Crouthamel

   

/s/ William D. Leon Guerrero

Asst. Secretary    

Secretary

LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO     BANKGUAM HOLDING
    COMPANY

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

   

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

    Chair & President
   

/s/ Roger P. Crouthamel

    Asst. Secretary

 

7

Exhibit 3.01

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

BankGuam Holding Company

The undersigned desiring to become incorporated as a corporation under and in accordance with the laws of Guam, and to obtain the benefits conferred by said laws upon corporations, do hereby mutually agree upon and enter into the following Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation shall be: BankGuam Holding Company.

ARTICLE TWO

The place of the principal office of the corporation shall initially be in Hagåtña, Guam, and there may be such subordinate or branch offices in such place or places within or without Guam as may be deemed necessary or requisite by the Board of Directors to transact the business of the corporation.

ARTICLE THREE

The corporation is organized for the purposes of (1) acting as a bank holding company and/or financial holding company and (2) engaging in any lawful activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the Guam Corporation Code.

ARTICLE FOUR

The corporation shall have Forty Eight Million (48,000,000) shares of common stock of the par value of $0.208 1/3 per share. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine the consideration and the terms and conditions on which shares may be issued, and the portion of such consideration which shall constitute capital and the portion, if any, which shall constitute paid-in surplus, subject to the applicable provisions of these Articles and the provisions of law.

Voting Rights . Each outstanding share of common stock of the corporation shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each matter submitted to a vote at any meeting of Shareholders of the corporation. In the event of the election of Directors, each outstanding share of common stock of the corporation shall be entitled to one (1) vote for as many Directors as are to be elected. The voting for Directors shall not be cumulative.

No Preemptive Rights . No holder of common shares shall be entitled to any preferential or preemptive right to subscribe to or purchase any common or preferred share or any share of any class of the corporation; whether now or hereafter authorized.

 

1


ARTICLE FIVE

1. Number and Classification of Directors . The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors of the corporation shall not be less than eleven, the exact number of Directors to be determined from time to time by the By-Laws. Until otherwise determined, the Board of Directors shall consist of eleven Directors, to be elected by the Shareholders of the corporation (the “Shareholders”). The Directors elected by the Shareholders shall be divided into three classes, to be respectively designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, of which each class shall contain at least three Directors. The Directors of each Class shall be elected for terms of three (3) years or until their successors are elected and qualified.

All classes elected by the Shareholders shall be as nearly equal as possible and the number of Directors to be elected by the Shareholders in each Class shall be the whole number contained in the quotient arrived at by dividing the authorized number of Directors to be elected by the Shareholders by three. If a fraction is also contained in such quotient, then if such fraction is one-third (1/3) the extra Director shall be a member of Class III and if the fraction is two-thirds (2/3) one of the extra Directors shall be a member of Class III and the other extra Director shall be a member of Class II. Class I shall initially consist of three (3) Directors, and Class II and Class III shall initially consist of four (4) Directors each.

2. Term of Office. The terms of office of the Directors of Class III shall expire and their successors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders for 2011, those of Class I shall expire and their successors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders for 2012 and those of Class II shall expire and their successors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders for 2013. At each annual meeting after 2013 Directors of the Class whose terms expire in that year shall be elected for a term of three (3) years.

3. Vacancies. In the event that any vacancy shall occur in the Board of Directors whether because of death, resignation, removal, newly created Directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or any other reason, such vacancy may be filled by the vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The Shareholders may at any time elect a Director to fill any vacancy not so filled by the Directors, and may elect additional Directors to be elected to the Board of Directors by the Shareholders at any meeting at which an amendment of the By-Laws is voted authorizing an increase in the number of such Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy, other than a newly created Directorship, shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor. A Director elected to fill a newly created Directorship shall, at the time of such election, be designated by a majority of the Directors then in office as a Class I Director, Class II Director or Class III Director in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 of this Article Five, so that after such designation each of the three classes shall be nearly equal in number as possible and every Director so elected and designated shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the other Directors in his Class.

4. Initial Directors and Classification . The names and addresses of the persons who are the first directors of the corporation and their designated Class are as follows:

 

2


              Name   Address

Class I Directors:

 

William D. Leon Guerrero

  P O Box 92 Hagatna, Guam 96932

Dr. Luis G. Camacho

  P O Box 2164 Hagatna, Guam 96932

Joseph M. Crisostomo

  153 Rosario Loop, Barrigada, Guam 96913

Class II Directors:

 

Roger P. Crouthamel

  P O Box 3573 Hagatna, Guam 96932

Dr. Ralph G. Sablan

  P O Box FQ Hagatna, Guam 96932

Patricia P. Ada

  P O Box 2889 Hagatna, Guam 96932

Frances L.G. Borja

  P O Box 500922 CK Saipan MP 96950

Class III Directors:

 

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

  P O Box BW Hagatna, Guam 96932

Joe T. San Agustin

  P O Box 1596 Hagatna, Guam 96932

Martin D. Leon Guerrero

  P O Box 2293 Hagatna, Guam 96932

Joaquin P.L.G. Cook

  210 Archbishop Flores St., Hagatna, Guam 96910

5. Powers . All the powers and authority of the corporation shall be vested in and may be exercised by the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, these Articles of Incorporation, or by the By-Laws of the corporation; and, in furtherance and not in limitation of said general powers, the Board of Directors shall have power to: acquire and dispose of property; appoint a general manager, branch managers, and such other managers, officers or agents of the corporation as in its judgment this business may require, and to confer upon and to delegate to them by power of attorney or otherwise, such power and authority as it shall determine; fix the salaries or compensation of any or all of its officers, agents and employees, and in its discretion, require security of any of them for the faithful performance of any of their duties, declare dividends in accordance with law when it shall deem it expedient; make rules and regulations not inconsistent with law or these Articles of Incorporation or the By-Laws for the transaction of business; instruct the officers or agents of the corporation with respect to, and to authorize the voting of, stock of other corporations owned or held by this corporation; incur such indebtedness as may be deemed necessary, which indebtedness may exceed the amount of the corporation’s capital stock; create such committees (including but not limited to, an executive committee or committees) and to designate and to confer upon such committees such powers and authority as may by resolution be set forth for purpose of carrying on or exercising any of the powers of the corporation; create and set aside reserve funds for any purpose, and to invest any funds of the corporation in such securities or other property as to it may seem proper; remove or suspend any officer; and, generally, to do any and every lawful act necessary or proper to carry out and into effect the powers, purposes and objects of this corporation.

 

3


ARTICLE SIX

The existence of this corporation is to be perpetual, subject to the power of the Legislature under the Organic Act of Guam.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Service of legal process may be made upon the corporation in the manner provided by law.

ARTICLE EIGHT

No stockholder shall be liable for the debts of the corporation beyond the amount which may be due or unpaid upon any share or shares of stock of said corporation owned by such shareholder.

ARTICLE NINE

The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

NAME    ADDRESS
Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero    111 Chalan Santo Papa, Hagatna Guam 96910

ARTICLE TEN

The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expense (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the extent permitted by the laws of Guam and in any manner consistent with the laws of Guam.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the incorporator hereinbefore named has hereunto set her hand this 25 th day of October, 2010.

 

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO

 

4

Exhibit 3.02

BY-LAWS OF

BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS MEETING

Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS

All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the office of the corporation or at such other place in Guam, as may be designated for that purpose from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS

The regular annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the 1st day of May in each year, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day, at the hour of 7:00 o’clock P.M., at which time the shareholders shall elect directors, consider reports of the affairs of the corporation, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS

Special meetings may be called at any time by the Directors, or upon written demand made in the manner provided by law of the holder or holders of ten per cent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting.

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS

Notices of meetings, annual or special, shall be given at least 20 days before a meeting to every person who was a shareholder of record 30 days before the date of the meeting, unless some other day be fixed by the Board of Directors for the determination of shareholders of record. Notice of any meeting shall be given by the President or the Secretary and shall specify the place, the day and the hour, and in the case of a special meeting, the nature of the business to be transacted.

When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in case of an original meeting. Save, as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment or of the business to be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

Section 5. CONSENT TO SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, shall be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a

 

Page 1 of 11


quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the shareholders entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, sign a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 6. SHAREHOLDERS ACTING WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if authorized by a writing signed by all of the holders of shares who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose, and filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

Section 7. QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat, present in person, or represented by proxy, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person, or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until the requisite amount of voting shares shall be present. At such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of voting shares shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 8. VOTING RIGHTS

Only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the corporation on the day of any meeting of shareholders, unless some other day be fixed by the Board of Directors for the determination of shareholders of record, then on such other day, shall be entitled to vote at such meeting.

Each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one (1) vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

Section 9. PROXIES

At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact.

 

Page 2 of 11


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS; MANAGEMENT

Section 1. POWERS

Subject to the limitation of the Articles of Incorporation and the laws of Guam as to action to be authorized or approved by the shareholders, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of this corporation shall be managed by or under authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. NUMBER AND CLASSIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors of the corporation shall be eleven. The Directors elected by the Shareholders shall be divided into three classes, to be respectively designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, of which each class shall contain at least three Directors.

Section 3. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from the office as provided by 18 GCA § 28808.

Section 4. PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the office of the corporation in Guam, or such other places, as designated for that purpose, from time to time, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Any meeting shall be valid, wherever held, if held by the written consent of all members of the Board of Directors, given either before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

Section 5. ORGANIZATION MEETINGS

The organization meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the adjournment of the annual meetings of the shareholders.

Section 6. REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on the FOURTH MONDAY of each February, May, August and November at 12:00 noon. If said day shall fall upon a holiday, such meetings shall be held on the next succeeding business day thereafter. No notice need be given of such regular meetings.

 

Page 3 of 11


Section 7. SPECIAL MEETINGS-NOTICES

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the President, the Chairman of the Board or by any three (3) Directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings may be given to any Director (1) by telephone to the Director’s place of residence or business, or to such place as the Director may designate for receipt of telephone notice, (2) by written notice delivered to the Director’s residence or place of business, or to such other place as the Director may designate for purpose of delivery of such notice, or (3) by telefax or such electronic means as is reasonably calculated to furnish the Director with notice of such meeting.

Notice delivered shall be effective and shall be considered given upon delivery to a place to which notice may be given by delivery above provided. Notice by telephone or electronic means shall be effective and be considered given at the time of the phone call, or dispatch of the electronic communication.

Notice of meetings shall be given so as to be considered given and effective as to all Directors at least twenty-four hours prior to the time of holding of the meeting. Subject to the foregoing, notice may be given by different means as to different Directors for the same meeting.

Section 8. WAIVER OF NOTICE

When all the Directors are present at any Directors’ meeting, however called or noticed, and sign a written consent thereto on the records of such meeting, or, if a majority of the Directors are present, and if those not present sign in writing a waiver of notice of such meeting, whether prior to or after the holding of such meeting, which said waiver shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation, the transactions thereof are as valid as if had at a meeting regularly called and noticed.

Section 9. NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT

Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned.

Section 10. QUORUM

A majority of the number of Directors as fixed by the Articles and By-Laws shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the action of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, when duly assembled, is valid as a corporate act; provided that a minority of the Directors, in the absence of a quorum, may adjourn from time to time, but may not transact any business.

 

Page 4 of 11


Section 11. PARTICIPATION BY TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION

A Director not present in person at a meeting of the Board of Directors may join and participate therein by telephonic communication provided that he or she has, not less than 24 hours prior to the time of commencement of the meeting, given notice of his or her intent to so participate and of a place and telephone number such that participation by telephonic communication by such Director may be arranged.

Telephonic communication shall be arranged such that all members physically present at the meeting, and all members participating by telephonic communication shall be able to hear each other at the same time and communicate with each other at the same time.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1. OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a President who shall also be a Director of the corporation, an Executive Vice-President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the board, one or more additional Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article.

Section 2. ELECTION

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.

Section 3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS, ETC.

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in the By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by a majority of the Directors at the time in office, at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

Page 5 of 11


Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President, or to the Secretary of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 5. VACANCIES

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in the By-Laws for the regular appointments to such office.

Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the By-Laws.

Section 7. PRESIDENT

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and in the absence of the chairman of the board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be ex officio a member of all the standing committees, including the executive committee, if any, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.

Section 8. VICE-PRESIDENT

In the absence or disability of the President, the Executive Vice-President then the Vice-Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon, the President. The Executive Vice-President and such other Vice-Presidents as may be elected shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.

 

Page 6 of 11


Section 9. SECRETARY

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a book of minutes at the principal office or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, of all meetings of Directors and shareholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their addresses; the number and classes of shares held by each; the number and date of certificates issued for the same; and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required by the By-Laws or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.

Section 10. TREASURER

The Treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation.

ARTICLE IV

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors shall appoint an Executive Committee and such other committees as may be necessary from time to time, consisting of such number of its members and with such powers as it may designate, consistent with the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and law. Such committees shall hold office at the pleasure of the board.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

The corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expense (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts

 

Page 7 of 11


paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the extent permitted by the laws of Guam and in any manner consistent with the laws of Guam.

ARTICLE VI

CORPORATE RECORDS AND REPORTS—INSPECTION

Section 1. RECORDS

The corporation shall maintain adequate and correct accounts, books and records of its business and properties. All of such books, records and accounts shall be kept at its principal place of business in Guam, as fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 2. INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS

A shareholder has the right to inspect the books and records of the corporation to the extent such right is provided by law.

Section 3. CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BY-LAWS

The original or a copy of these By-Laws, as amended or otherwise altered to date, certified by the Secretary, shall be open to inspection by the shareholders of the company.

Section 4. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.

All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. CONTRACTS, ETC.—HOW EXECUTED

The Board of Directors, except as in the By-Laws otherwise provided, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized by the Board of Directors, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement, or to pledge its credit, or to render it liable for any purpose or to any amount.

Section 6. ANNUAL REPORT

The Directors shall cause to be sent to the shareholders, not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal or calendar year, a balance

 

Page 8 of 11


sheet as of the closing date of such year, together with a statement of income and profit and loss for such year. These financial statements shall be certified to by the President, Secretary, Treasurer or a public accountant.

ARTICLE VII

CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

Section 1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Certificates for shares shall be of such form and device as the Board of Directors may designate and shall state the name of the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its number; date of issuance; the number of shares for which it is issued; the par value; a statement of the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, if any; a statement as to the redemption or conversion, if any; a statement of liens or restrictions upon transfer or voting; if any.

Every certificate for shares must be signed by the President or a Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or must be authenticated by a facsimile of the signature of its President and the written signature of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer.

Section 2. TRANSFER ON THE BOOKS

Upon surrender to the Secretary of the corporation of a certificate of shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 3. LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact and advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors may require, and shall if the Directors so require give the corporation a bond of indemnity, in form and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board, in at least double the value of the stock represented by said certificate, whereupon a new certificate may be issued of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to be lost or destroyed.

Section 4. CLOSING STOCK TRANSFER BOOKS

The Board of Directors may close the transfer books in their discretion for a period not exceeding thirty days preceding any meeting, annual or special, of the shareholders, or the day appointed for the payment of a dividend.

 

Page 9 of 11


Section 5. CERTIFICATELESS OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The ownership and transfer of any shares of capital stock of the corporation, may at the election of the owner of record of such shares, and upon surrender for cancellation of any certificate outstanding for such shares, be evidenced and documented solely by Book Entry in the records maintained for such purpose by the Bank or its transfer agent.

ARTICLE VIII

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the date of its incorporation, and the word Guam.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS

Section 1. BY SHAREHOLDERS

New By-Laws may be adopted or these By-Laws may be repealed or amended at any regular annual meeting of the shareholders, or at any special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.

Section 2. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors may amend any of these By-Laws in the manner provided by law.

Section 3. RECORD OF AMENDMENTS

Whenever an amendment or new By-Laws is adopted, it shall be copied in the Book of By-Laws with the original By-Laws, in the appropriate place. If any By-Law is repealed, the fact of repeal with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written assent was filed shall be stated in said book.

 

Page 10 of 11


TO ALL TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS MAY COME, GREETING:

KNOW YE, that we, being all of the Directors of BankGuam Holding Company , a Guam Corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing constitutes a full, true and correct copy of the By-Laws of the BankGuam Holding Company , duly adopted and approved by the Directors of the BankGuam Holding Company , at a meeting of said stockholders called for that purpose on Monday, the 25th day of October, 2010.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands this 25 th day of October, 2010.

 

    /s/ William D. Leon Guerrero

  )  

William D. Leon Guerrero

  )  

 

    /s/ Dr. Luis G. Camacho

 

)

)

 
Dr. Luis G. Camacho   )  

 

    /s/ Joseph M. Crisostomo

 

)

)

 

Joseph M. Crisostomo

  )  

 

    /s/ Roger P. Crouthamel

 

)

)

 

Roger P. Crouthamel

  )  

 

    /s/ Dr. Ralph G. Sablan

 

)

)

 

Dr. Ralph G. Sablan

  )  

 

    /s/ Patricia P. Ada

 

)

)

 

Patricia P. Ada

  )  

 

    /s/ Frances L.G. Borja

 

)

)

 

Frances L.G. Borja

  )  

 

    /s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

 

)

)

 

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

  )  

 

    /s/ Joe T. San Agustin

 

)

)

 

Joe T. San Agustin

  )  

 

    /s/ Martin D. Leon Guerrero

 

)

)

  COUNTERSIGNED:
Martin D. Leon Guerrero   )  

 

    /s/ Joaquin P.L.G. Cook

 

)

)

 

/s/ Roger P. Crouthamel

Joaquin P.L.G. Cook     Secretary

 

Page 11 of 11

Exhibit 10.01

FIRST AMENDED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 12 th day of February 2009 and amends a certain Employment Agreement dated the 1 st day of January 2008 by and between BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation (herein called the “Bank”) and LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, (herein called the “President”) (herein called “Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties the Agreement, is hereby amended as follows:

1. Employment . Bank hereby designates and employs President, and President hereby accepts employment with Bank, as its President and Chief Executive Officer.

2. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term commencing from January 1, 2008, and terminating on December 31, 2012.

3. Duties . President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors of said Bank, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Bank. President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the By-Laws. In connection therewith, upon direction of the Board of Directors, President shall make necessary and reasonable business trips for which she will be reimbursed or expenses will be provided in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Board of Directors. Included herewith shall be trips to visit with officials of correspondent banks and technical seminars as may be available.

4. Extent of Services . President shall devote her full time, attention and energy to the business of Bank and shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any other business activities, unless such activities are reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Bank not to


be in competition or in conflict with the commercial banking business of Bank.

5. Base Compensation . As regular compensation for President’s services hereunder, Bank shall pay President an annual base salary of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($250, 000.00) during each year of the term hereof, payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly (herein called “Base Compensation”).

6. Adjustments to Base Compensation . The Base Compensation shall be adjusted annually to reflect the increase, if any, in the cost-of-living by adding thereto an amount obtained by multiplying the Base Compensation by the percentage of which the level of the Consumer Price Index for the United States has increased over its level as of the date of commencement of the term of Agreement (herein called, together with Base Compensation, the “Adjusted Base Compensation”).

Following the end of each year of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after the release of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics of the figures for such year, Bank shall pay to the President the amount of any additional compensation to which she is entitled as a result of such cost-of-living adjustment.

7. Incentive Bonus . As an incentive to President for her continuing services and contributions to the growth and profitability of Bank, President shall be paid, in addition to her Adjusted Base Compensation, an Incentive Bonus as follows:

(a) Subject to the quarterly adjustments at Section 8 below, an amount equal to two percent (2%) of current net profits of the Bank after taxes or Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), which ever is less, payable in capital stocks of the Bank or in cash, or combination, at the option of President. The maximum amount shall be subject to review by the Board of Directors of Bank annually and appropriate adjustments shall then be made.

 

- 2 -


(b) The Incentive Bonus shall be computed and payable quarterly, within fifteen (15) days following each quarter except that each of the first quarterly payments of the Incentive Bonus shall be subject to adjustment, either increase or decrease, depending on the Bank’s final audited financial statements of the preceding year by the Bank’s independent accountants.

(c) At the option of the President, the Board of Directors are authorized to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable by receiving, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the amount deferred, coupled with an option to purchase at the then fair market value three (3) shares of the Common Stock of the Bank of Guam for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted.

(d) President shall have the right to (1) continue to hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “ Dividend Equivalent ”); or (2) tender her Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value; or (3) exercise her Stock Options. Upon tender by President of her Phantom Stock Units for cash she will forfeit her rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of her Stock Options she will forfeit her rights to the Phantom Stock Units and the Dividend Equivalents.

8. Adjustments To Bonus . On an annual basis, the President shall submit an annual budget and strategic plan to the Board. Based upon the criteria contained within the budget and strategic plan, the Incentive Bonus of the President shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis as follows:

(a) If the then current Return on Equity (ROE) of the Bank is below the preceding three-year average ROE of the Bank, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

 

- 3 -


(b) If the then current Return on Assets (ROA) of the Bank is less than that of the Bank’s peer group as published in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) Uniform Bank Performance Report, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(c) If the then current Bank’s FDIC Commercial Examination Composite Rating (FDIC Rating) is 2 or better, there shall be no reduction to the Incentive Bonus; if the FDIC Rating is 3, then Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%); if the FDIC Rating is 4, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%); if the FDIC Rating is 5, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by one-hundred percent (100%);

(d) If the then current Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital of the Bank plus the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is greater than twenty-five percent (25%), then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(e) If the Efficiency Ratio of the Bank does not meet the following goals of the Bank, the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by five percent (5%):

 

Year

   Goal  

2008

     75

2009

     75

2010

     70

2011

     65

2012

     65

For purposes of this Section 8, the ROA, ROE, FDIC Rating, Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Efficiency Ratio shall all be derived from any report of management submitted to the Board of Directors at the Board Meeting immediately preceding the date of any adjustment. If any dispute arises as to the calculations of any of such figures, the Ad Hoc Compensation Committee, subject to Board approval, shall make the sole determination of such figures using whatever resources the Committee shall deem reasonably

 

- 4 -


necessary. Attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof by this reference as Exhibit A, is a worksheet, which shall be used by the Bank to calculate the Incentive Bonus of the President

9. Other Compensation or Benefits . In addition to the Adjusted Base Compensation and Incentive Bonus and any other compensation provided hereunder, Bank shall provide President with the following:

(a) A one-month vacation, at full pay.

(b) A health insurance, an accident insurance and disability insurance of a type and in an amount generally made available by Bank to its executive employees, at Bank’s sole cost and expense.

(c) A group term life insurance that is generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. As additional consideration for the making of this Agreement by the President, the Bank agrees that such policy shall at Bank’s sole cost and expense be maintained in full force and effect at all times from the date hereof, if conditions of Bank’s group insurance coverage permit, during the remaining life of the President, and until her death, notwithstanding and regardless of the conclusion of term of this Agreement, the termination of employment of the President by the Bank in the capacity of President or any change in the capacity of her employment or the terms or conditions thereof, and without any condition whatsoever other than the making of this Agreement.

(d) A motor vehicle, at Bank’s sole cost and expense, together with comprehensive insurance including public liability, in amounts not less than the amount required by law. All reasonable operating expenses shall be paid by Bank.

(e) A membership in a golf and country club located within the Bank’s service area, at Bank’s sole cost and expense. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank’s obligation to

 

- 5 -


pay the fixed monthly dues for such membership shall cease and the ownership of such membership shall vest in the President, provided, however, that President continues to pay such fixed monthly dues from the date of termination.

(f) Free utilities—power, water, sewer, telephone—at the President’s primary residence.

(g) A life insurance on such terms as is mutually agreeable between the parties, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00.

(h) A bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.

10. Business Expenses . Bank shall pay or reimburse President upon submission of an itemized account by her for all reasonable business expenses incurred by President in promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business of Bank, including, but not limited to expenses for travel, meals, hotel accommodations, entertainment, gifts and the like.

11. Payments Following Disability . Upon the permanent disability of the President, Bank shall pay to the President, or her assigns, the Adjusted Base Compensation, together with all Incentive Bonuses, for the remainder of the term of this Contract.

12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, including any successor entity to Bank by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise, and to the President, and when applicable, to her heirs, successors and assigns.

13. Retirement Plans . President may participate in any retirement plan of Bank and to receive payments thereunder.

14. Non-Assumption . The services to be performed by President under this Agreement

 

- 6 -


are personal to her, and may not be assumed by any other party except with Bank’s prior written consent.

15. Entire Agreement . The making and execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto have been induced by no representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those expressed herein. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties, and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically referred to herein by reference.

16. Amendments . This Agreement and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is or would be sought and without the necessity of additional consideration.

17. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given or served for all purposes when personally delivered to the party to whom it is directed, or in lieu of such personal service, if received by certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, at the following addresses:

 

If to Bank at:   P.O. Box BW
  Hagatna, Guam 96910

If to President at:

  P.O. Box 11031
  Tamuning, Guam 96931

Either party may change the address provided above by giving written notice of such change to the other party as herein provided.

18. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective

 

- 7 -


to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Law . This Agreement shall be governed under and construed in accordance with the law of Guam.

20. Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover, and the other party thereto agrees to pay, costs and expenses in connection therewith including reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and expenses.

21. Board Approval . This Contract is made pursuant to the Resolution of the Board of Directors adopted unanimously at its regular monthly meeting on December 26, 2007.

22. Headings . The headings of this sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only and shall in no way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above mentioned.

 

BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation

(herein called the “Bank”)

By:

 

/s/ Martin D. Leon Guerrero

 

Its Authorized Representative

 

/s/ Lourdes A, Leon Guerrero

 

LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO

 

(herein called the “President”)

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 10.02

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 11 th day of February 2009 by and between BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation (herein called the “Bank”) and WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO (herein called the “Executive Vice President”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties to the Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Employment . Bank hereby designates and employs Executive Vice President, and Executive Vice President hereby accepts employment with Bank, as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.

2. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term commencing retroactively from June 1, 2008, and terminating on May 31, 2013.

3. Duties . Executive Vice President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, and shall be subject to the control of the Board of Directors of said Bank, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Bank. Executive Vice President shall have the general powers, duties of management usually vested in the office of the Executive Vice President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers, and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the By-Laws. In connection therewith, upon direction of the Board of Directors, Executive Vice President shall make necessary and reasonable business trips for which he will be reimbursed or expenses will be provided in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Board of Directors. Included herewith shall be trips to visit with officials of correspondent banks and technical seminars as may be available.

4. Extent of Services . Executive Vice President shall devote his full time, attention and energy to the business of Bank and shall not during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in


any other business activities, unless such activities are reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Bank not to be in competition or in conflict with the commercial banking business of Bank.

5. Base Compensation . As regular compensation for Executive Vice President’s services hereunder, Bank shall pay President an annual base salary of Two Hundred Ten Thousand Dollars ($210,000.00) during each year of the term hereof, payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly (herein called “Base Compensation”).

6. Adjustments to Base Compensation . The Base Compensation shall be adjusted annually to reflect the increase, if any, in the cost-of-living by adding thereto an amount obtained by multiplying the Base Compensation by the percentage of which the level of the Consumer Price Index for the United States has increased over its level as of the date of commencement of the term of Agreement (herein called, together with Base Compensation, the “Adjusted Base Compensation”).

Following the end of each year of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after the release of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics of the figures for such year, Bank shall pay to the Executive Vice President the amount of any additional compensation to which he is entitled as a result of such cost-of-living adjustment.

7. Incentive Bonus . As an incentive to Executive Vice President for his continuing services and contributions to the growth and profitability of Bank, Executive Vice President shall be paid, in addition to his Adjusted Base Compensation, an Incentive Bonus as follows:

(a) Subject to the quarterly adjustments at Section 8 below, an amount equal to one hundred seventy five basis points (1.75%) of current net profits of the Bank after taxes or One

 

- 2 -


Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00), which ever is less, payable in capital stocks of the Bank or in cash, or combination, at the option of President. The maximum amount shall be subject to review by the Board of Directors of Bank annually and appropriate adjustments shall then be made.

(b) The Incentive Bonus shall be computed and payable quarterly, within fifteen (15) days following each quarter except that each of the first quarterly payments of the Incentive Bonus shall be subject to adjustment, either increase or decrease, depending on the Bank’s final audited financial statements of the preceding year by the Bank’s independent accountants.

(c) At the option of the Executive Vice President, the Board of Directors are authorized to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable by receiving, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the amount deferred, coupled with an option to purchase at the then fair market value three (3) shares of the Common Stock of the Bank of Guam for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted.

(d) Executive Vice President shall have the right to (1) continue to hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “ Dividend Equivalent ”); or (2) tender his Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value; or (3) exercise his Stock Options. Upon tender by Executive Vice President of his Phantom Stock Units for cash he will forfeit his rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of his Stock Options he will forfeit his rights to the Phantom Stock Units and the Dividend Equivalents.

8. Adjustments To Bonus . On an annual basis, the Executive Vice President shall

 

- 3 -


submit an annual budget and strategic plan to the Board. Based upon the criteria contained within the budget and strategic plan, the Incentive Bonus of the Executive Vice President shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis as follows:

(a) If the then current Return on Equity (ROE) of the Bank is below the preceding three-year average ROE of the Bank, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(b) If the then current Return on Assets (ROA) of the Bank is less than that of the Bank’s peer group as published in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) Uniform Bank Performance Report, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(c) If the then current Bank’s FDIC Commercial Examination Commercial Examination Composite Rating (FDIC Rating) is 2 or better, there shall be no reduction to the Incentive Bonus; if the FDIC Rating is 3, then Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%); if the FDIC Rating is 4, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%); if the FDIC Rating is 5, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by one-hundred percent (100%);

(d) If the then current Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital of the Bank plus the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is greater than twenty-five percent (25%), then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(e) If the Efficiency Ratio of the Bank does not meet the following goals of the Bank, the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by five percent (5%):

 

Year

   Goal  

2009

     75

2010

     70

 

- 4 -


2011

     65

2012

     65

2113

     65

For purposes of this Section 8, the ROA, ROE, FDIC Rating, Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Efficiency Ratio shall all be derived from any report of management submitted to the Board of Directors at the Board Meeting immediately preceding the date of any adjustment. If any dispute arises as to the calculations of any of such figures, the Ad Hoc Compensation Committee, subject to Board approval, shall make the sole determination of such figures using whatever resources the Committee shall deem reasonably necessary. Attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof by this reference as Exhibit A, is a worksheet, which shall be used by the Bank to calculate the Incentive Bonus of the Executive Vice President

9. Other Compensation or Benefits . In addition to the Adjusted Base Compensation and Incentive Bonus and any other compensation provided hereunder, Bank shall provide Executive Vice President with the following:

(a) A one-month vacation, at full pay.

(b) A health insurance, an accident insurance and disability insurance of a type and in an amount generally made available by Bank to its executive employees, at Bank’s sole cost and expense.

(c) A group term life insurance that is generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. As additional consideration for the making of this Agreement by the Executive Vice President, the Bank agrees that such policy shall at Bank’s sole

 

- 5 -


cost and expense, be maintained in full force and effect at all times from the date hereof, if conditions of Bank’s group insurance coverage permit, during the remaining life of the Executive Vice President, and until his death, notwithstanding and regardless of the conclusion of term of this Agreement, the termination of employment of the Executive Vice President by the Bank in the capacity of Executive Vice President or any change in the capacity of his employment or the terms or conditions thereof, and without any condition whatsoever other than the making of this Agreement.

(d) A motor vehicle, at Bank’s sole cost and expense, together with comprehensive insurance including public liability, in amounts not less than the amount required by law. All reasonable operating expenses shall be paid by Bank.

(e) A membership in a golf and country club located within the Bank’s service area, at Bank’s sole cost and expense. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank’s obligation to pay the fixed monthly dues for such membership shall cease and the ownership of such membership shall vest in the Executive Vice President, provided, however, that Executive Vice President continues to pay such fixed monthly dues from the date of termination.

(f) Free utilities—power, water, sewer, telephone—at the Executive Vice President’s primary residence.

(g) A life insurance on such terms as is mutually agreeable between the parties, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00.

(h) A bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.

10. Business Expenses . Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive Vice President upon

 

- 6 -


submission of an itemized account by him for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive Vice President in promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business of Bank, including, but not limited to expenses for travel, meals, hotel accommodations, entertainment, gifts and the like.

11. Payments Following Disability . Upon the permanent disability of the Executive Vice President, Bank shall pay to the Executive Vice President, or his assigns, the Adjusted Base Compensation, together with all Incentive Bonuses, for the remainder of the term of this Contract.

12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, including any successor entity to Bank by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise, and to the Executive Vice President, and when applicable, to his heirs, successors and assigns.

13. Retirement Plans . Executive Vice President may participate in any retirement plan of Bank and to receive payments thereunder.

14. Non-Assumption . The services to be performed by Executive Vice President under this Agreement are personal to him, and may not be assumed by any other party except with Bank’s prior written consent.

15. Entire Agreement . The making and execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto have been induced by no representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those expressed herein. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties, and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically referred to herein by reference.

16. Amendments . This Agreement and any term hereof may be changed, waived,

 

- 7 -


discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is or would be sought and without the necessity of additional consideration.

17. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given or served for all purposes when personally delivered to the party to whom it is directed, or in lieu of such personal service, if received by certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, at the following addresses:

 

If to Bank at:

  

P.O. Box BW

Hagatna, Guam 96910

  

If to Executive Vice President at:

  

P.O. Box 92

Hagatna, Guam 96932

  

Either party may change the address provided above by giving written notice of such change to the other party as herein provided.

18. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Law . This Agreement shall be governed under and construed in accordance with the law of Guam.

20. Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover, and the

 

- 8 -


other party thereto agrees to pay, costs and expenses in connection therewith including reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and expenses.

21. Headings . The headings of this sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only and shall in no way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above mentioned.

 

BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation

(herein called the “Bank”)

By:

 

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

  Its Authorized Representative

/s/ William D. Leon Guerrero

WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO

(herein called the “Executive Vice President”)

 

- 9 -

Exhibit 10.03

BANK OF GUAM

2011 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors March 28, 2011

Approved by the Shareholders May 2, 2011

Effective as of May 2, 2011

1. Purpose .

(a) The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Bank and its Designated Parents or Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Bank through accumulated payroll deductions.

(b) The Bank intends that the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed accordingly.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Administrator” means either the Board or a committee of the Board that is responsible for the administration of the Plan as is designated from time to time by resolution of the Board.

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to employee stock purchase plans under applicable provisions of federal securities laws, territorial or state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to participation in the Plan by residents therein.

(c) “Bank” means the Bank of Guam and, to the extent and as applicable, any of its Designated Parents or Subsidiaries.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Bank or of any Designated Parent or Subsidiary, as applicable, for which options are granted to employees under this Plan.

(g) “Compensation” means an Employee’s base salary, overtime, bonuses, annual awards, and other incentive payments from the Bank or one or more Designated Parents or Subsidiaries, including such amounts of base salary as are deferred by the Employee (i) under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code, or (ii) to a plan qualified under Section 125 of the Code or an arrangement under Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. Compensation does not include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, contributions (other than contributions described in the first sentence) made on the Employee’s behalf by the Bank or one


or more Designated Parents or Subsidiaries under any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established, and any other payments not specifically referenced in the first sentence.

(h) “Designated Parents or Subsidiaries” means the Parents or Subsidiaries which have been designated by the Administrator from time to time as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(i) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(j) “Effective Date” means May 2, 2011.

(k) “Employee” means any individual, including an officer or Director, who is an employee of the Bank or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the individual’s employer. Where the period of leave exceeds ninety (90) days and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave, for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan. For purposes of this Plan, neither service as a Director nor payment of a Director’s fee shall be sufficient, by themselves, to make an individual an Employee.

(l) “Enrollment Date” means the first day of each Offer Period.

(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “Exercise Date” means the last day of each Offer Period (or Purchase Period, if applicable).

(o) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

- 2 -


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (i) and (ii), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner consistent Code Section 423 and the regulations thereunder, including consideration of: (A) the price at which securities of reasonably comparable corporations (if any) in the same industry are being traded, or (B) if there are no securities of reasonably comparable corporations in the same industry being traded, the earnings history, book value and prospects of the issuer in light of market conditions generally.

(p) “Offer Period” means an Offer Period established pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

(q) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) “Participant” means an Employee of the Bank or Designated Parent or Subsidiary who is actively participating in the Plan.

(s) “Plan” means this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(t) “Purchase Period” means a period specified as such pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

(u) “Purchase Price” shall mean an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower.

(v) “Reserves” means the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which have not yet been exercised and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but not yet placed under option.

(w) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Eligibility .

(a) General . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 3(c) below, any individual who is an Employee on a given Enrollment Date shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for the Offer Period commencing with such Enrollment Date.

(b) Limitations on Grant and Accrual . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if, immediately after the grant, such Employee (taking into account stock owned by any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Bank or of any Parent or Subsidiary, or (ii) which permits the Employee’s rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Bank and its Parents or Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of

 

- 3 -


the shares at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time. The determination of the accrual of the right to purchase stock shall be made in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

(c) Other Limits on Eligibility . Notwithstanding Subsection 3(a) above, the following Employees shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan for any relevant Offer Period: (i) Employees whose customary employment is twenty (20) hours or less per week; (ii) Employees whose customary employment is for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year; (iii) Employees who have been employed for less than two (2) years as of the Enrollment Date for such Offer Period; and (iv) Employees who are subject to rules or laws of a foreign jurisdiction that prohibit or make impractical the participation of such Employees in the Plan.

4. Offer Periods .

(a) The Plan shall be implemented through overlapping or consecutive Offer Periods until such time as (i) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall have been purchased or (ii) the Plan shall have been sooner terminated in accordance with Section 18 hereof. The maximum duration of any Offer Period under the Plan shall be one (1) year. The initial Offer Period shall begin on July 1, 2011 and end of June 30, 2012. Thereafter, until and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Offer Periods shall be six (6) months in duration and shall begin on each July 1 and January 1.

(b) A Participant shall be granted a separate option for each Offer Period in which he or she participates. The option shall be granted on the Enrollment Date and shall be automatically exercised on the last day of the Offer Period. However, with respect to any Offer Period, the Administrator may specify shorter Purchase Periods within an Offer Period, such that the option granted on the Enrollment Date shall be automatically exercised in successive installments on the last day of each Purchase Period ending within the Offer Period.

(c) Except as specifically provided herein, the acquisition of Common Stock through participation in the Plan for any Offer Period shall neither limit nor require the acquisition of Common Stock by a Participant in any subsequent Offer Period.

5. Participation .

(a) An eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan by completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form of Exhibit A to this Plan (or in such other form or procedure the Administrator determines for evidencing elections to participate) and filing it with the designated payroll office of the Bank at least ten (10) business days prior to the Enrollment Date for the Offer Period in which such participation will commence, unless a later time for filing the subscription agreement is set by the Administrator for all eligible Employees with respect to a given Offer Period.

(b) Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence with the first partial or full payroll period beginning on the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last complete payroll period during the Offer Period, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

 

- 4 -


6. Payroll Deductions .

(a) At the time a Participant files a subscription agreement, the Participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made during the Offer Period in amounts between one percent (1%) and not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the Compensation which the Participant receives during the Offer Period.

(b) All payroll deductions made for a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s account under the Plan and shall be withheld in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(c) A Participant may discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions during the Offer Period by completing and filing with the Bank a change of status notice in the form of Exhibit B to this Plan authorizing an increase or decrease in the payroll deduction rate. Any increase or decrease in the rate of a Participant’s payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period commencing ten (10) business days after the Bank’s receipt of the change of status notice unless the Bank elects to process a given change in participation more quickly. A Participant’s subscription agreement (as modified by any change of status notice) shall remain in effect for successive Offer Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10. The Administrator shall be authorized to limit the number of payroll deduction rate changes during any Offer Period.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) herein, a Participant’s payroll deductions shall be decreased to 0%. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the rate provided in such Participant’s subscription agreement, as amended, at the time when permitted under Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) herein, unless such participation is sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

7. Grant of Option .

(a) On the Enrollment Date, each Participant shall be granted an option to purchase (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to one thousand five hundred (1,500) shares of the Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 hereof; provided that such option shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b), 6 and 12 hereof. Exercise of the option shall occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10, and the option, to the extent not exercised, shall expire on the last day of the Offer Period.

(b) The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants during any Offer Period shall not exceed the number of shares remaining available under the Plan on the Enrollment Date for that Offer Period.

(c) In accordance with Section 423(b)(5) of the Code, all Employees granted an option under the Plan or any Offer Period under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges.

 

- 5 -


8. Exercise of Option . Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10 below, the Participant’s option for the purchase of shares will be exercised automatically on each Exercise Date by applying the accumulated payroll deductions in the Participant’s account to purchase the number of full shares subject to the option by dividing such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price. No fractional shares will be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share shall be carried over to the next Offer Period (or Purchase Period, if applicable) or returned to the Participant, if the Participant withdraws from the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amount remaining in a Participant’s account following the purchase of shares on the Exercise Date due to the application of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code or Section 7 above shall be returned to the Participant and shall not be carried over to the next Offer Period (or Purchase Period, if applicable). During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by the Participant.

9. Delivery . Upon receipt of a request from a Participant after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares occurs, the Bank shall arrange the delivery to such Participant, as promptly as practicable, of a certificate representing the shares purchased upon exercise of the Participant’s option.

10. Withdrawal; Termination of Employment .

(a) A Participant may either: (i) withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account and not yet used to exercise the Participant’s option under the Plan or (ii) terminate future payroll deductions, but allow accumulated payroll deductions to be used to exercise the Participant’s option under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Bank in the form of Exhibit B to this Plan. If the Participant elects withdrawal alternative (i) described above, all of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant as promptly as practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal, such Participant’s option for the Offer Period will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offer Period. If the Participant elects withdrawal alternative (ii) described above, no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offer Period, all of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be applied to the exercise of the Participant’s option on the next Exercise Date, and after such Exercise Date, such Participant’s option for the Offer Period will be automatically terminated. If a Participant withdraws from an Offer Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offer Period unless the Participant delivers to the Bank a new subscription agreement.

(b) Upon termination of a Participant’s employment relationship (as described in Section 2(l)) at a time more than three (3) months from the next scheduled Exercise Date, the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offer Period but not yet used to exercise the option will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his/her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Upon termination of a Participant’s employment relationship (as described in Section 2(l)) within three (3) months of the next scheduled Exercise Date, the

 

- 6 -


payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offer Period but not yet used to exercise the option will be applied to the purchase of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date, unless the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person or persons entitled to the Participant’s account balance under Section 14) withdraws from the Plan by submitting a change of status notice in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 10. In such a case, no further payroll deductions will be credited to the Participant’s account following the Participant’s termination of employment and the Participant’s option under the Plan will be automatically terminated after the purchase of Common Stock on the next scheduled Exercise Date.

11. Interest . No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account under the Plan.

12. Share Reserve .

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Bank as provided in Section 17. If the Administrator determines that on a given Exercise Date the number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (x) the number of shares then available for sale under the Plan or (y) the number of shares available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date(s) of one or more of the Offer Periods in which such Exercise Date is to occur, the Administrator may make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase on such Enrollment Dates or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable, and shall either continue all Offer Periods then in effect or terminate any one or more Offer Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 18, below.

(b) A Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by the Participant’s option until such shares are actually purchased on the Participant’s behalf in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan. No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such purchase.

(c) Shares to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

13. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator which shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator shall, to the full extent permitted by Applicable Law, be final and binding upon all persons.

14. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) Each Participant will file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of

 

- 7 -


such Participant’s death. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant (and the Participant’s spouse, if any) at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living (or in existence) at the time of such Participant’s death, the Bank shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Administrator), the Administrator shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse (or domestic partner, as determined by the Administrator) of the Participant, or if no spouse (or domestic partner) is known to the Administrator, then to the issue of the Participant, such distribution to be made per stirpes (by right of representation), or if no issue are known to the Administrator, then to the heirs at law of the Participant determined in accordance with Section 27.

15. Transferability . Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Administrator may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offer Period in accordance with Section 10.

16. Accounts . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to Participants at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any. Each Participant’s payroll deductions may be commingled with payroll deductions of other Participants in an account segregated from the general funds of the Bank until withdrawn or used to exercise the Participant’s option under the Plan. The Bank shall not be obligated to pay interest on funds held by the Bank as a result of payroll deductions prior to withdrawal of funds by a Participant or use of funds to exercise the Participant’s option.

17. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Corporate Transactions .

(a) If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any rights granted under the Plan, due to a change in corporate capitalization and without the receipt of consideration by the Bank (through reincorporation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or reclassification of shares), the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 12(a), and the outstanding rights shall be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to such outstanding rights. Such adjustments shall be made by the Administrator, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive.

In the event of: (1) a dissolution, liquidation or sale of all or substantially all of the securities or assets of the Bank, (2) a merger or consolidation in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (3) a reverse merger in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by

 

- 8 -


virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, then any surviving corporation may assume outstanding rights or substitute similar rights for those under the Plan. In the event that no surviving corporation assumes outstanding rights or substitutes similar rights therefor, participants’ accumulated payroll deductions shall be used to purchase Common Stock immediately prior to the transaction described above and the participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering shall terminate immediately following such purchase.

18. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 17, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided that the Plan or any one or more Offer Periods may be terminated by the Administrator on any Exercise Date or by the Administrator establishing a new Exercise Date with respect to any Offer Period (and/or any Purchase Period, if applicable) then in progress if the Administrator determines that the termination of the Plan or such one or more Offer Periods is in the best interests of the Bank and its stockholders. Except as provided in Section 17 and this Section 18, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any Participant without the consent of affected Participants. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law), the Bank shall obtain stockholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Administrator shall be entitled to limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during Offer Periods, implement and/or change the length of Purchase Periods within any Offer Period, determine the length of any future Offer Period, determine whether future Offer Periods shall be consecutive or overlapping, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable foreign jurisdictions, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Bank’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable and which are consistent with the Plan.

19. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Bank under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Administrator at the location, or by the person, designated by the Administrator for the receipt thereof.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Bank with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise of an

 

- 9 -


option, the Bank may require the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Bank, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned Applicable Laws. In addition, no options shall be exercised or shares issued hereunder before the Plan shall have been approved by stockholders of the Bank as provided in Section 22.

21. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the later to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Bank. The Plan shall continue until it is terminated in accordance with Section 18.

22. Shareholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Bank within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

23. No Employment Rights . The Plan does not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any employee or class of employees to purchase any shares under the Plan, or create in any employee or class of employees any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Bank or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary, and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any way with such employer’s right to terminate, or otherwise modify, an employee’s employment at any time.

24. No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans . Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Bank or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary, participation in the Plan shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Bank or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “employee pension benefit plan” or “employee welfare benefit plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

25. Effect of Plan . The provisions of the Plan shall, in accordance with its terms, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each Participant, including, without limitation, such Participant’s estate and the executors, administrators or trustees thereof, heirs and legatees, and any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of creditors of such Participant.

26. Governing Law . The Plan is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the Territory of Guam, except to the extent the internal laws of the Territory of Guam are superseded by the laws of the United States. Should any provision of the Plan be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

27. Information to Participants . The Bank shall provide to each Participant, during the period for which such Participant has an option outstanding, copies of financial statements at

 

- 10 -


least annually and all annual reports and other information which is provided to all shareholders of the Bank.

28. Sale of Shares . Any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an option granted under the Plan shall only be sold, whether by the Participant or otherwise, through the Bank’s Trust Department.

 

- 11 -


EXHIBIT A

Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

Effective with the Offer Period beginning on:

[                    ]

1. PERSONAL INFORMATION [modify data requested as appropriate]

 

Legal Name (Please Print)                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                               (Last)                                 (First)                                 (MI)    Location
Address                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
   Daytime Telephone
City, State/Country, Zip                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
   Email Address
Employee I.D. No.                                                                                                                                              
   Manager

2. ELIGIBILITY. Any Employee whose customary employment is more than twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months per calendar year, who has been an Employee for at least two (years) and who does not hold (directly or indirectly) five percent (5%) or more of the combined voting power of the Bank, a Parent or a Subsidiary, whether in stock or options to acquire stock is eligible to participate in the Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”); provided, however, that Employees who are subject to the rules or laws of a foreign jurisdiction that prohibit or make impractical the participation of such Employees in the ESPP are not eligible to participate.

3. DEFINITIONS. Each capitalized term in this Subscription Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the ESPP.

4. SUBSCRIPTION. I hereby elect to participate in the ESPP and subscribe to purchase shares of the Bank’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the ESPP. I have received a complete copy of the ESPP and a prospectus describing the ESPP and understand that my participation in the ESPP is in all respects subject to the terms of the ESPP. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent on my eligibility to participate in the ESPP.

5. PAYROLL DEDUCTION AUTHORIZATION. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from my Compensation during the Offer Period in the percentage specified below (payroll reductions may not exceed the least of 10% of Compensation nor $21,250 per calendar year) or 1,500 shares of the Common Stock.

Percentage to be Deducted (circle one)    1%    2%    3%    4%    5%    6%    7%    8%    9%     10%

6. ESPP ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE PRICE. I understand that all payroll

 

A-1


deductions will be credited to my account under the ESPP. No additional payments may be made to my account. No interest will be credited on funds held in the account at any time including any refund of the account caused by withdrawal from the ESPP. All payroll deductions shall be accumulated for the purchase of Bank Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the ESPP.

7. WITHDRAWAL AND CHANGES IN PAYROLL DEDUCTION. I understand that I may discontinue my participation in the ESPP at any time prior to an Exercise Date as provided in Section 10 of the ESPP, but if I do not withdraw from the ESPP, any accumulated payroll deductions will be applied automatically to purchase Bank Common Stock. I may increase or decrease the rate of my payroll deductions in whole percentage increments to not less than one percent (1%) on one occasion during any Offer Period by completing and timely filing a Change of Status Notice. Any increase or decrease will be effective for the full payroll period occurring after ten (10) business days from the Bank’s receipt of the Change of Status Notice.

8. PERPETUAL SUBSCRIPTION. I understand that this Subscription Agreement shall remain in effect for successive Offer Periods until I withdraw from participation in the ESPP, or termination of the ESPP.

9. TAXES. I have reviewed the ESPP prospectus discussion of the federal tax consequences of participation in the ESPP and consulted with tax consultants as I deemed advisable prior to my participation in the ESPP. I hereby agree to notify the Bank in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition (transfer or sale) of any shares purchased under the ESPP if such disposition occurs within two (2) years of the Enrollment Date (the first day of the Offer Period during which the shares were purchased) or within one (1) year of the Exercise Date (the date I purchased such shares), and I will make adequate provision to the Bank for foreign, federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the shares. In addition, the Bank may withhold from my Compensation any amount necessary to meet applicable tax withholding obligations incident to my participation in the ESPP, including any withholding necessary to make available to the Bank any tax deductions or benefits contingent on such withholding.

10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following person or trust as my beneficiary to receive all payments and shares due to me under the ESPP: [    ] I am single [    ] I am married

 

Beneficiary (please print)                                                                                                                        

 

                                               (Last)                                 (First)                                 (MI)   Relationship to Beneficiary (if any)
Address                                                                                                                                                          
 
City, State/Country, Zip                                                                                                                          

11. TERMINATION OF ESPP. I understand that the Bank has the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate the ESPP at any time, and a termination may be effective as early as an Exercise Date, including the establishment of an alternative date for an Exercise Date within each outstanding Offer Period.

 

A-2


Date:                                                                                                                         Employee Signature                                                                                        
   

 

    Spouse’s signature (if beneficiary is other than spouse)

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

CHANGE OF STATUS NOTICE

 

 

 
Participant Name (Please Print)  

 

 
Employee I.D. Number  

WITHDRAWAL FROM ESPP

I hereby withdraw from the Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and agree that my option under the applicable Offer Period will be automatically terminated and all accumulated payroll deductions credited to my account will be refunded to me or applied to the purchase of Common Stock depending on the alternative indicated below. No further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the applicable Offer Period and I shall be eligible to participate in a future Offer Period only by timely delivery to the Bank of a new Subscription Agreement.

 

[    ] WITHDRAWAL AND PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK

Payroll deductions will terminate, but your account balance will be applied to purchase Common Stock on the next Exercise Date. Any remaining balance will be refunded.

 

[    ] WITHDRAWAL WITHOUT PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK

Entire account balance will be refunded to me and no Common Stock will be purchased on the next Exercise Date provided this notice is submitted to the Bank ten (10) business days prior to the next Exercise Date.

 

[    ] CHANGE IN PAYROLL DEDUCTION

I hereby elect to change my rate of payroll deduction under the ESPP as follows (select one):

Percentage to be Deducted (circle one)    1%    2%    3%    4%    5%    6%    7%    8%    9%     10%

 

B-1


An increase or a decrease in payroll deduction will be effective for the first full payroll period commencing no fewer than ten (10) business days following the Bank’s receipt of this notice, unless this change s processed more quickly.

 

   CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY             [    ] I am single     [    ] I am married
   This change of beneficiary shall terminate my previous beneficiary designation under the ESPP. In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following person or trust as my beneficiary to receive all payments and shares due to me under the ESPP:

 

Beneficiary (please print)  

 

  

 

  (Last)                    (First)                 (MI)    Relationship to Beneficiary (if any)
Address  

 

City, State/Country, Zip  

 

Date:  

                                                  

   Employee Signature   

 

     

 

      Spouse’s signature (if beneficiary is other than spouse)

 

B-2

Exhibit 10.04

SUBSTITUTION AGREEMENT AND UNDERTAKING OF

BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY

IN RELATION TO BANK OF GUAM

2011 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

WHEREAS , this Company, BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY (Holding Company), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger (the Agreement) with Bank of Guam (Bank), and BankGuam Subsidiary Company (Subsidiary), and Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero on November 1, 2010, pursuant to which Subsidiary will be merged into Bank, and shares of stock of Bank outstanding will be converted into shares of Holding Company (the Merger and Reorganization) upon the Effective Date (the Effective Date) as defined in the Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Agreement in paragraph 2.7 thereof provides as follows:

Employee Benefit Plans: On and after the Effective Date, each share of common stock of the Bank held in trust or otherwise in connection with the Bank of Guam 2001 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (“Plan”), shall be converted into one share of common stock of Holding Company. The Plan and the Bank’s obligations thereunder shall be assumed by the Holding company at the Effective Date and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as existed prior to the Effective Date, subject to the requirements or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Guam Blue Sky Law.

WHEREAS , the Plan referenced in paragraph 2.7 of the Agreement subsequent to the Agreement has expired, no longer exists, and no options to purchase shares of Bank are outstanding thereunder;

WHEREAS , the Bank subsequent to the Agreement adopted the Bank of Guam 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Plan) as adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank March 28, 2011 and approved by the Shareholders of the Bank May 2, 2011;


WHEREAS , Holding Company is a Parent company under and as defined in the Plan, a surviving corporation in the Reorganization and Merger and desires to continue the Plan in effect with shares of Holding Company being substituted for shares of Bank upon the Effective Date and pursuant to Article 17 of the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, Holding Company agrees and undertakes that upon and from the Effective Date of the Merger and Reorganization, and pursuant to Article 17 of the Plan (i) rights to acquire shares of Holding Company under the Plan be substituted for rights to acquire shares of Bank under the Plan, (ii) Holding Company will assume all rights and obligations of Bank under the Plan, and (iii) any shares of stock of Bank held on reserve pursuant to the Plan and converted into shares of Holding Company pursuant to the Merger and Reorganization shall be deemed held and reserved under the Plan.

Dated: August 10, 2011.

 

BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY
 
 

By: /s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

  Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero
  President and Chair of the Board

Exhibit 99.01

Form 10-K (formerly FDIC Form F-2) - Annual Report Under Section 13 of the Securities

Exchange Act of

1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010

FDIC Certificate No.  20449-1

Bank of Guam

Guam

96-0002144

P.O. Box BW

Hagåtña, Guam

96910

Telephone: (671) 472-5300

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class - N/A

Name of each exchange on which registered - N/A

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class - Common Stock

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to item 10 is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the bank’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in part III of this Form 10-K (formerly Form F-2) or any amendment of this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the bank (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the bank was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES   x     NO   ¨

State the aggregate value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant. The aggregate market value shall be computed by reference to the price at which the stock was sold, or the average bid and asked prices of such stock, as of a specified date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. - $9.64 × 8,714,116 = $84,004,078.24 as of February 28, 2011.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. – 8,714,116 as of February 28, 2011.


Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

1) Proxy Statement to Shareholders solicited by the Board of Directors of the Bank of Guam in relation to the 2011 Annual Shareholders Meeting. (Parts II, III & IV)

 

2) Report of Independent Accountants to Shareholders and Board of Directors of the Bank of Guam, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (Part IV)

PART I

Item 1 - Business

Bank of Guam conducts its business as a full-service community commercial bank, with its principal office in Hagåtña, Guam, and a total of 24 branches and facilities located in:

 

Location

   # of Branches    # of Facilities

Guam

   12    0

Saipan, CNMI

   1    2

Tinian, CNMI

   1    0

Rota, CNMI

   1    0

Republic of Palau

   1    0

Chuuk, FSM

   1    0

Pohnpei, FSM

   1    0

Yap, FSM

   1    0

Kosrae, FSM

   1    0

Majuro, RMI

   1    0

San Francisco, CA

   1    0

In addition to its branches and facilities, Bank of Guam operates a Trust Department and a Financial Services Department located at its main branch in Hagåtña.

At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s total assets had increased by 5.3% to close the year at $990.6 million, up $50.0 million from $940.6 million in 2009. This increase is largely attributed to a $60.8 million increase in net Loans coupled with a $33.8 million increase in Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks, which were partially offset by a $57.0 million decrease in Investment Securities portfolio.


Assets    2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 32,102       $ 25,748       $ 6,354        24.7

Federal Funds Sold

     10,000         —           10,000        100.0

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

     59,376         20,588         38,788        188.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

     101,478         46,336         55,142        119.0

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

     1,150         6,150         (5,000     (81.3 %) 

Investment Securities Available-For-Sale

     191,312         238,198         (46,886     (19.7 %) 

Investment Securities Held-To-Maturity

     28,366         38,495         (10,129     (26.3 %) 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, at Cost

     2,198         2,198         —          —     

Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses

     611,139         550,297         60,842        11.1

Accrued Interest Receivable

     6,723         5,457         1,266        23.2

Premises and Equipment, net

     18,713         20,639         (1,926     (9.3 %) 

Goodwill

     783         783         —          —     

Other Assets

     28,739         32,019         (3,280     (10.2 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 990,601       $ 940,572       $ 50,029        5.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2010 the economies in our regional markets remained relatively flat and the continuation of the historically low market Interest rates continued to put pressure on our interest revenues despite the $48.1 million growth in our total earning assets portfolio. As a result, our total interest income for the year of $49.4 million is down slightly by $0.2 million (0.4%) from $49.6 million in 2009. However, we were able to fully offset the decline in total interest income as we gradually lowered the interest rates on our interest bearing liabilities during the year, and thus reduced our total interest expense by $3.0 million (33.2%) to $6.0 million from $9.0 million in 2009. On a net basis, our Net Interest Income before Provision for Loan Losses for the year totaled $43.4 million, up $2.8 million from $40.6 million in 2009.

Although the stagnant economic conditions and the historically low interest rate environment presented major challenges during the year, we were able to expand and grow our core business, and continued to deliver sustained profit performance. We closed 2010 with Total Assets of $990.6 million, up $50.0 million (5.3%); Total Deposits of $889.3 million, up $77.4 million (9.5%); and Net Profits after Taxes of $7.1 million, up $1.6 million (28.9%) from $5.5 million in 2009. Our sustained profit performance in 2010 allowed us to continue paying regular, quarterly dividends that totaled $4.3 million for the year, and contributed an additional $2.8 million to our Common Shareholders’ Equity, which closed the year at $84.4 million, up by $3.5 million (4.3%) from $80.9 million in 2009.

For 2010, our rate of return on assets (ROA), and return on equity (ROE) stood at 0.72% and 8.49%, respectively, up from last year’s 0.57% ROA and 6.71% ROE attributed to the Increase in our current year net profits. Our ROA and ROE this year continue to compare quite favorably to our peer group, which reported ROA at 0.50%, and ROE at 4.50% for the year.


Income    2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Total Interest Income

   $ 49,417       $ 49,624       $ (207     (0.4 %) 

Total Interest Expense

     6,028         9,025         (2,997     (33.2 %) 

Net Interest Income

     43,389         40,599         2,790        6.9

Provision for Loan Losses

     3,125         2,550         575        22.5

Net Interest Income after Provision

     40,264         38,049         2,215        5.8

Total Non-Interest Income

     12,245         12,154         91        0.7

Total Non-Interest Expense

     43,073         42,774         299        0.7

Income Before Income Taxes

     9,436         7,429         2,007        27.0

Income Tax Expense

     2,344         1,928         416        21.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 7,092       $ 5,501       $ 1,591        28.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the Bank’s profit performance and sustained growth in its capital base in 2010, the Bank likewise continued its long-standing practice of declaring regular quarterly dividends during the year of $0.1250 per share per quarter. For the full year of 2010, the Bank declared and paid $4.3 million in dividends to its common shareholders.

At December 31, 2010, Bank of Guam’s total full-time equivalent employees stood at 425 people, of which 317 are based in Guam.

Item 2 - Properties

Bank of Guam owns four (4) buildings, which houses its Headquarters & Hagåtña Main branch, its Santa Cruz branch, its Garapan branch in Saipan, and its Rota branch in the CNMI. The Bank’s ownership to these buildings are free of any encumbrances, however, the real properties on which these buildings are situated are leased from various property owners under long-term lease arrangements of up to 99 years. The net book value of the bank premises and equipment (inclusive of bank owned properties) at December 31, 2010 is $18.7 million. In addition, the Bank leases office spaces for its other branches and facilities; also with terms ranging from 1 to 99 years with renewal options of similar terms.

Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 

     2010  
     Cost      Accumulated
Depreciation
    Net
Book Value
 

Buildings

   $ 27,742       $ (14,906   $ 12,836   

Furniture and equipment

     23,715         (19,614     4,101   

Automobiles and mobile facilities

     1,400         (1,148     252   

Leasehold improvements

     4,092         (2,647     1,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     56,949         (38,315     18,634   

Construction in-progress

     79         —          79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 57,028       $ (38,315   $ 18,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 


     2009  
     Cost      Accumulated
Depreciation
    Net
Book Value
 

Buildings

   $ 27,742       $ (14,108   $ 13,634   

Furniture and equipment

     22,641         (17,867     4,774   

Automobiles and mobile facilities

     1,383         (941     442   

Leasehold improvements

     3,507         (2,414     1,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     55,273         (35,330     19,943   

Construction in-progress

     696         —          696   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 55,969       $ (35,330   $ 20,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2010 and 2009, depreciation expense was $3,040, $3,250 and $3,064, respectively.

Lease Commitments

The Bank utilizes facilities, equipment and land under various operating leases with terms ranging from 1 to 99 years. Some of these leases include scheduled rent increases. The total amount of the rent is being debited to expense on the straight-line method over the lease terms in accordance with ASC Topic 840 “Leases .” The Bank has recorded a deferred obligation of $554 and $474 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which has been included within other liabilities, to reflect the excess of rent expense over cash paid on the leases.

At December 31, 2010, annual lease commitments under the above noncancelable operating leases were as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2011

   $ 1,647   

2012

     1,116   

2013

     975   

2014

     830   

2015

     640   

Thereafter

     19,266   
  

 

 

 
   $ 24,474   
  

 

 

 

The Bank leases certain facilities from two separate entities in which two of its directors have separate ownership interests. Lease payments made to these entities during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 approximated $263, $263 and $252, respectively.

Furthermore, the Bank also leases to third parties, office spaces in its owned buildings under lease terms ranging from 3 to 5 years with renewal option periods up to 15 years.

Lease Commitments, Continued

Additionally, the Bank leases office space to third parties, with original lease terms ranging from 3 to 5 years with option periods ranging up to 15 years. At December 31, 2010, minimum future rents to be received under noncancelable operating sublease agreements were $13 for the year ended December 31, 2011.


A summary of rental activities for years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Rent expense

   $ 2,508       $ 2,326       $ 2,285   

Less: sublease rentals

     269         283         249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,239       $ 2,043       $ 2,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Item 3 - Legal Proceedings

Bank of Guam is involved in certain legal actions and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that, as a result of its legal defenses and insurance arrangements, none of these matters have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4 – Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

There were no matters submitted to a vote of stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2010.

PART II

Item 5 - Market for the Bank’s Common Stock and Related Security-Holder Matters

Common Shares

At December 31, 2010, the total number of shares of Common Stocks issued was 8,714,116 shares of which 8,714,116 shares are outstanding with a Par Value of $.2083 per share. The number of Common Stock shareholders of record at December 31, 2010 totals approximately 4,000.

On August 7, 2000, Bank of Guam stocks were listed and eligible for trading in the Pacific Exchange until March 20, 2002. After March 20, 2002, Bank of Guam stocks began to trade at Archipelago Exchange. On August 18, 2004, Bank of Guam received an Order approving the bank’s application to withdraw its common stock from listing and registration and the concurrent termination of registration under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The bank’s registration will continue under Section 12(g) of the Act. Effective February 2, 2009, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is now the Registrar, Stock Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent for the Bank of Guam’s common stock, with duties that include: stock transfers, dividend payments, address changes and lost certificate replacements. During 2010, the Bank’s common shares traded at a range of $4.37 to $9.86 per share.

Bank of Guam has consistently paid dividends on a quarterly basis since 1975. A summary of quarterly dividends paid during 2010 and 2009 are as follows:


Quarter

   2010      2009  

I

   $ 0.125       $ 0.125   

II

   $ 0.125       $ 0.125   

III

   $ 0.125       $ 0.125   

IV

   $ 0.125       $ 0.125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.500       $ 0.500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred Shares/Long-Term Debt

In prior years, the Bank had exchanged all outstanding shares of its 11% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A and its 9.8% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B for $10 million of subordinated debt. The indenture provided for the payment of interest each quarter at the rate of LIBOR plus .375%. Principal repayments during 2005 were scheduled in quarterly installments of $500,000. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding balance of the subordinated debt amounted to $0 and $0, respectively.

Stock Option Plan

The Bank has a stock purchase plan that covers substantially all employees meeting the minimum service requirements. Under the plan, qualified employees are allowed to participate in the purchase of designated shares of the Bank’s common stock at 85% of fair market value at date of exercise. A maximum of 1,946,608 shares are authorized for issuance. As of December 31, 2010, 1,657,000 rights to purchase shares have been granted to employees. Rights to purchase shares are exercisable for a ten-year period from the date of grant. During 2010, 2009, and 2008 shares totaling 44,629, 33,716, and 33,716, respectively, were issued under the plan at average prices of $7.49, $7.87, and $7.57, respectively.

Phantom Stock Option Plan

Under a Phantom Stock unit and stock option plan, the President and Executive Vice President may elect to receive up to $100 each in Phantom Stock units in lieu of an equal amount of incentive bonus as computed in their employment agreements. These nonvoting Phantom Stock units may be held for receipt of dividends equal to the dividend rate of the Bank’s common stock or may be redeemed at a price equal to the market value of the Bank’s common stock. In addition, for each Phantom Stock unit received, the executive employee receives options to purchase three shares of the Bank’s common stock at a price equal to the market value of the stock at the date the options are granted. The redemption of the Phantom Stock or the exercise of the options will result in the forfeiture by the executive employee of any rights under the other. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no Phantom Stock units outstanding under the plan.

Item 6 - Selected Financial Data


Summary of Selected Financial Data

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

 

     2010      2009      2008      2007      2006  

INTEREST INCOME:

              

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 43,206       $ 40,572       $ 37,413       $ 39,571       $ 37,666   

Interest on deposits in other banks

     593         477         404         425         363   

Interest on investment securities

     5,605         8,529         11,568         12,671         11,112   

Taxable

     911         1,316         1,794         1,638         756   

Exempt from income tax

     4,693         7,213         9,773         11,032         10,356   

Interest on federal funds sold

     13         46         636         1,602         1,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME

     49,417         49,624         50,021         54,269         50,493   

INTEREST EXPENSE:

              

Time deposits

     656         1,692         4,640         7,055         5,747   

Savings deposits

     4,796         6,228         4,022         4,843         3,985   

Other borrowed funds

     576         1,105         1,181         524         460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE

     6,028         9,025         9,843         12,422         10,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

     43,389         40,599         40,178         41,847         40,301   

Provision for loan losses

     3,125         2,550         2,400         929         2,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

     40,264         38,049         37,778         40,918         38,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NON INTEREST INCOME:

              

Service charges and fees

     3,894         4,265         3,854         4,015         3,733   

Investment securities gains, net

     2,603         2,721         1,450         88         (7

Other income

     5,748         5,168         5,414         5,883         5,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NON INTEREST INCOME

     12,245         12,154         10,718         9,986         9,406   

NON INTEREST EXPENSES:

              

Salaries and employee benefits

     19,577         18,839         18,047         17,419         15,232   

Occupancy

     5,861         5,673         5,740         5,288         5,128   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     5,128         5,505         4,885         4,481         4,286   

General, administrative and other expenses

     12,507         12,757         11,206         11,606         9,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NON INTEREST EXPENSES

     43,073         42,774         39,878         38,794         34,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     9,436         7,429         8,618         12,110         13,573   

Income tax expense

     2,344         1,928         2,409         3,622         4,063   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 7,092       $ 5,501       $ 6,209       $ 8,488       $ 9,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share:

              

Basic

   $ 0.81       $ 0.63       $ 0.72       $ 0.99       $ 1.11   

Diluted

   $ 0.79       $ 0.62       $ 0.70       $ 0.96       $ 1.08   


SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(in thousands)

 

     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

ASSETS

          

Cash & Due from Banks

   $ 32,102      $ 25,748      $ 28,070      $ 22,937      $ 27,691   

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

     60,526        26,738        10,175        10,202        7,702   

Federal funds sold

     10,000        —          55,000        18,400        36,000   

Investment securities

     221,876        278,891        211,537        289,014        254,492   

Loans

     620,547        559,192        525,111        454,842        423,363   

Less allowance for possible loan losses

     (9,408     (8,895     (9,943     (9,000     (8,891
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOANS

     611,139        550,297        515,168        445,842        414,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

     18,713        20,639        22,571        23,498        23,908   

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     36,245        38,259        15,756        19,389        20,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 990,601      $ 940,572      $ 858,277      $ 829,282      $ 784,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

          

DEPOSITS

          

Demand

     232,956        213,292        205,333        193,742        178,722   

Savings and PCA

     460,104        383,724        282,099        281,162        291,833   

Other Time

     196,215        214,878        252,231        261,260        223,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL DEPOSITS

     889,275        811,894        739,663        736,164        694,287   

Long- term debt

     —          —          —          —          —     

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     16,974        47,783        37,600        14,554        14,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     906,249        859,677        777,263        750,718        709,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

          

Capital stock at $0.2083 par value

          

Authorized 48,000,000 shares

          

Issued and outstanding:

          

2009 - 8,669,487 shares

     1,830        1,820        1,813        1,801        1,792   

Paid-in surplus

     13,683        13,357        13,097        12,839        12,595   

Treasury Stock

     (290     (290     (290     (290     —     

Retained earnings

     70,532        67,789        66,616        64,719        62,453   

Accumulated other comprehensive (Loss)

     (1,403     (1,781     (222     (505     (1,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     84,352        80,895        81,014        78,564        75,359   
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 990,601      $ 940,572      $ 858,277      $ 829,282      $ 784,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Selected Data

          

ROA

     0.72     0.57     0.70     1.04     1.21

ROE

     8.49     6.71     7.95     11.27     13.12

Net Loans

     611,139        550,297        515,168        445,842        414,472   

Total Deposits

     889,275        811,894        739,663        736,165        694,287   

Core Deposits

     693,060        597,016        487,432        474,905        470,555   

Volatile Deposits

     196,215        214,878        252,231        261,260        223,732   

Asset Liquidity Measures

          

Percent of Total Assets:

          

Cash and Due from Banks

     3.24     2.74     3.27     2.77     3.53

Fed Funds Sold

     1.01     0.00     6.41     2.22     4.59

Total Investments

     22.40     29.65     24.65     34.85     32.44

Percent of Total Deposits:

          

Net Loans

     68.72     67.78     69.65     60.56     59.70

Liability Liquidity Measures

          

Percent of Total Liabilities:

          

Total Deposits

     98.13     94.44     95.16     98.06     97.91

Percent of Total Deposits:

          

Demand Deposits

     26.20     26.27     27.76     26.32     25.74

Interest Bearing Deposits

     73.80     73.73     72.24     73.68     74.26

Total Equity to Total Assets

     8.52     8.60     9.44     9.47     9.61

Core Deposits to Total Assets

     69.96     63.47     56.79     57.27     59.98

Core Deposits to Total Deposits

     77.94     73.53     65.90     64.51     67.78

Volatile Liabilities to Total Assets

     19.81     22.85     29.39     31.50     28.52

Volatile Liabilities to Total Deposits

     22.06     26.47     34.10     35.49     32.22

Reserve for Loan Losses to Total Assets

     0.95     0.95     1.16     1.09     1.13

Reserve for Loan Losses to Total Loans

     1.52     1.59     1.89     1.98     2.10

Net Charge-offs to Total Loans

     0.42     0.64     0.28     0.18     0.43

There are no factors such as accounting changes, business conditions, or dispositions of business operations that materially affect the comparability of the selected financial data.

Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Bank of Guam® 2010 Annual Report

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s total assets had increased by 5.3% to close the year at $990.6 million, up $50.0 million from $940.6 million in 2009. This increase is largely attributed to a $60.8 million increase in net Loans coupled with a $33.8 million increase in Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks, which were partially offset by a $57.0 million decrease in Investment Securities portfolio.


     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Assets

          

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 32,102       $ 25,748       $ 6,354        24.7

Federal Funds Sold

     10,000         —           10,000        100.0

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

     59,376         20,588         38,788        188.4

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

     101,478         46,336         55,142        119.0

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

     1,150         6,150         (5,000     (81.3 %) 

Investment Securities Available-For-Sale

     191,312         238,198         (46,886     (19.7 %) 

Investment Securities Held-To-Maturity

     28,366         38,495         (10,129     (26.3 %) 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, at Cost

     2,198         2,198         —          —     

Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses

     611,139         550,297         60,842        11.1

Accrued Interest Receivable

     6,723         5,457         1,266        23.2

Premises and Equipment, net

     18,713         20,639         (1,926     (9.3 %) 

Goodwill

     783         783         —          —     

Other Assets

     28,739         32,019         (3,280     (10.2 %) 

Total Assets

   $ 990,601       $ 940,572       $ 50,029        5.3

During 2010, the economies in our regional markets remained relatively flat and the continuation of the historically low market interest rates continued to put pressure on our interest revenues despite the $48.1 million growth in our total earning assets portfolio. As a result, our total interest income for the year of $49.4 million is down slightly by $0.2 million (0.4%) from $49.6 million in 2009. However, we were able to fully offset the decline in total interest income as we gradually lowered the interest rates on our interest bearing liabilities during the year, and thus reduced our total interest expense by $3.0 million (33.2%) to $6.0 million from $9.0 million in 2009. On a net basis, our Net Interest Income before Provision for Loan Losses for the year totaled $43.4 million, up $2.8 million from $40.6 million in 2009.

Although the stagnant economic conditions and the historically low interest rate environment presented major challenges during the year, we were able to expand and grow our core business while delivering sustained profit performance. We closed 2010 with Total Assets of $990.6 million, up $50.0 million (5.3%); Total Deposits of $889.3 million, up $77.4 million (9.5%); and Net Profits after Taxes of $7.1 million, up $1.6 million (28.9%) from $5.5 million in 2009. Our sustained profit performance in 2010 allowed us to continue paying regular, quarterly dividends that totaled $4.3 million for the year, and contributed an additional $2.8 million to our Common Shareholders’ Equity, which closed the year at $84.4 million, up by $3.5 million (4.3%) from $80.9 million in 2009.

For 2010, our rate of return on assets (ROA), and return on equity (ROE) stood at 0.72% and 8.49%, respectively, up from last year’s 0.57% ROA and 6.71% ROE attributed to the increase in our current year net profits. Our ROA and ROE this year continue to compare quite favorably to our peer group, which reported ROA at 0.50%, and ROE at 4.50% for the year.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Income

          

Total Interest Income

   $ 49,417       $ 49,624       $ (207     (0.4 %) 

Total Interest Expense

     6,028         9,025         (2,997     (33.2 %) 

Net Interest Income

     43,389         40,599         2,790        6.9

Provision for Loan Losses

     3,125         2,550         575        22.5

Net Interest Income after Provision

     40,264         38,049         2,215        5.8

Total Non-Interest Income

     12,245         12,154         91        0.7

Total Non-Interest Expense

     43,073         42,774         299        0.7

Income Before Income Taxes

     9,436         7,429         2,007        27.0

Income Tax Expense

     2,344         1,928         416        21.6

Net Income

   $ 7,092       $ 5,501       $ 1,591        28.9


Loans and Deposits

During 2010, we continued with our commitment to actively support the growth and development of the communities that we serve throughout the region and thus expanded our loan and credit card programs throughout the islands. As a result, our total loans (net of deferred loan fees) grew by $61.5 million (11.0%) to $622.0 million, up from $560.5 million in 2009. Our Government loan portfolio (largely comprised of loans to Government of Guam entities) registered the largest increase to close the year at $47.9 million, up $24.2 million from $23.7 million last year. This was followed by the $22.9 million (6.6%) growth in Commercial loans which totaled $368.3 million, up from $345.7 million; the $10.4 million (10.2%) growth in Consumer loans (inclusive of Credit Card balances) which totaled $112.5 million, up from $102.0 million; and Real Estate loans at $88.8 million, up $2.5 million (2.9%) from $86.3 million in 2009.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change      % Change  

Loans

           

Commercial

   $ 368,635       $ 345,712       $ 22,923         6.6

Consumer

     112,462         102,024         10,438         10.2

Real Estate

     88,840         86,329         2,511         2.9

Government Loans

     47,904         23,746         24,158         101.7

Other Loans

     4,112         2,662         1,450         54.5

Gross Loans

     621,953         560,473         61,480         11.0

Less: Net Deferred Loan Fees

     1,406         1,281         125         9.8

Less: Allowance for Loan Losses

     9,408         8,895         513         5.8

Net Loans

   $ 611,139       $ 550,297       $ 60,842         11.1

While the Bank continued its focus on strong asset quality through our stringent underwriting standards and effective collection efforts, our average volume of loans categorized as impaired increased to $15.3 million, up from $10.9 million last year. Conversely and on a more positive note, our gross loan losses in 2010 decreased to $3.8 million, down 17.6% from $4.7 million, coupled with higher recoveries of loans previously charged-off totaling $1.2 million, up from $1.1 million last year. As a result, net loan losses for the year decreased by $1.0 million to $2.6 million, down 27.4% from $3.6 million last year.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Impaired Loans

          

Impaired Loans

   $ 15,310       $ 10,858       $ 4,452        41.0

Interest income recognized on Impaired Loans

   $ 73       $ 262       $ (189     (72.1 %) 
     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Loan Losses

          

Gross Loan Losses

   $ 3,838       $ 4,659       $ (821     17.6

Recoveries of charged-off loans

     1,226         1,061         165        15.6

Net Loan Losses

   $ 2,612       $ 3,598       $ (986     (27.4 %) 

On the liabilities side, our total deposit base during 2010 registered substantial growth, closing the year at $889.3 million, up $77.4 million (9.5%) from $811.9 million last year. Regular Savings, the lead product in terms of both absolute dollar amount and percentage increase, reached $386.3 million, up $74.8 million (24.0%) from $311.5 million, followed by Demand Deposits, interest bearing and non-interest bearing combined, which totaled $308.2 million, up $22.1 million (7.79%) from $286.1 million last year. Conversely, our time deposit portfolio, which is comprised of Time Deposit Open Accounts (TDOA) and fixed-term Time Deposits dropped by $19.5 million to $194.8 million from $214.3 million


last year. Total TDOA balances at year-end 2010 dropped slightly by $3.0 million (2.7%) to $109.3 million from $112.3 million, while fixed-term Time Deposits, comprised largely of jumbo time deposits with balances of $100 thousand or more dropped by $16.5 million, closing the year at $85.5 million, down from $101.9 million last year.

Overall, the commendable growth in our loan portfolio contributed positively to our loan-to-deposit ratio which closed the year at 69.8%, up from 68.9% last year.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Deposits

          

Non-Interest Bearing Deposits

   $ 232,956       $ 213,292       $ 19,664        9.2

Interest Bearing Deposits:

          

Demand Deposits

     75,237         72,830         2,407        3.3

Regular Savings

     386,303         311,484         74,819        24.0

Time Deposits:

          

$100,000 or more

     69,542         84,004         (14,462     (17.2 %) 

Less than $100,000

     15,943         17,951         (2,008     (11.2 %) 

Other Interest Bearing Deposits

     109,294         112,333         (3,039     (2.7 %) 

Total Interest Bearing Deposits

     656,319         598,602         57,717        9.6

Total Deposits

   $ 889,275       $ 811,894       $ 77,381        9.5

Liquidity and Investment Portfolio

During 2010, our investment portfolio (which is comprised of U.S. government agency pool securities, U.S. government sponsored enterprise (GSE) mortgage-backed securities, federal funds sold and time deposits at other banks) decreased by $51.2 million to close the year at $236.7 million, down 17.8% from $287.8 million in 2009. This is primarily attributed to the $57.0 million (20.6%) net decrease in the investment securities component of the portfolio, which totaled $219.7 million, down from $276.7 million. This decrease, however, was partially offset by a $10.0 million increase in overnight federal funds sold.

Throughout the year, we continued to execute our restructuring strategies to shorten the average maturity and duration of the portfolio in order to minimize the potential adverse impact from market valuation of our longer-term securities, as well as position the portfolio to yield higher returns as market interest rates rise. As a result, our restructuring and reinvestment action generated $2.6 million in net gains from securities sold. During 2010, interest income from our investment portfolio totaled $6.2 million, down $2.8 million from $9.1 million, and our investment portfolio yield stood at 2.36%, down from 2.74% in 2009.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Investments

          

Federal Funds Sold

   $ 10,000       $ —         $ 10,000        100.0

TCDs at Other Banks

     7,000         11,150         (4,150     (37.2 %) 

Investment Securities-AFS

     191,312         238,198         46,886        (19.7 %) 

Investment Securities-HTM

     28,366         38,495         (10,129     (26.3 %) 

Total Investment Portfolio

   $ 236,678       $ 287,843       $ (51,165     (17.8 %) 

As required by accounting standards, the Bank accounts for and classifies its investment securities as “Available-for-Sale,” “Held-to-Maturity” and “Trading,” based on management’s intention regarding their retention. However, in following through with our intention to hold our investments to maturity, and


at the same time providing for our short-term liquidity requirements, at year-end 2010, we maintained $28.4 million of our investments in U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities as “Held-to-Maturity.” We intend to and we have the ability to hold these securities to their contractual maturity. We do not engage in trading of securities, and therefore do not hold any of our securities in the “Trading” classification.

At December 31, 2010, the amortized cost and fair value of our investment securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses, were as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
    

Gross

Unrealized
Gains

     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   

Fair

Value

 

Investment Securities

          

Securities available-for-sale:

          

U.S. Government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities

   $ 85,004       $ 131       $ (636   $ 84,499   

U.S. Government agency pool securities

     43,732         531         (67     44,196   

U.S. Government agency and GSE

          

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     63,822         106         (1,311     62,617   

Totals

   $ 192,558       $ 768       $ (2,014   $ 191,312   

Securities held-to-maturity:

          

U.S. Government agency pool securities

     2,784         28         (24     2,788   

U.S. Government agency and GSE

          

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     25,582         1,489         —          27,071   

Totals

   $ 28,366       $ 1,517       $ (24   $ 29,859   

Net Interest Income

Our Net Interest Income after the Provision for Loan Losses for the year totaled $40.3 million, up by $2.2 million (5.8%) from $38.0 million in 2009. This increase is primarily attributed to the net decrease of $3.0 million in total interest expense, which more than offset the $0.2 million net decrease in total interest income. Overall, our net interest margin increased by 43 basis points (0.43%) to close the year at 5.03%, up from 4.60% last year.

Interest Income

Our total interest income of $49.4 million in 2010 registered a net decrease of $0.2 million (0.4%), down from $49.6 million last year. This net decrease is primarily attributed to the $2.9 million decrease in interest income from our investment portfolio which more than offset the $2.6 million increase in interest and fees on loans. During 2010, our loan portfolio generated inte-rest and fees totaling $43.2 million, up $2.6 million (6.5%) from $40.6 million in 2009.

Interest Expense

As market interest rates remained at historically low levels during 2010, we also continued to gradually reduce the interest rates on our interest bearing liabilities during the year. As a result, our total interest


expense in 2010 decreased by $3.0 million (33.2%) to $6.0 million, down from $9.0 million in 2009. This decrease was primarily attributed to the $1.4 million decrease in interest paid on our Savings Deposit portfolio which totaled $4.8 million, down from $6.2 million last year, followed by a $1.0 million decrease in interest paid on Time Deposits (largely in “jumbo” time deposits with balances of $100 thousand or more) which totaled $0.7 million for the year, down from $1.7 million last year. In addition, the total interest we paid on our other borrowed funds dropped by $0.5 million to $0.6 million, down from $1.1 million last year.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Interest Income

          

Interest income:

          

Loans

   $ 43,206       $ 40,572       $ 2,634        6.5

Investment Securities

     5,605         8,529         (2,924     (34.3 %) 

Federal Funds Sold

     13         46         (33     (71.7 %) 

Deposits with Other Banks

     593         477         116        24.3

Total Interest Income

   $ 49,417       $ 49,624       $ (207     (0.4 %) 

Interest Expense:

          

Time Deposits

   $ 656       $ 1,692       $ (1,036     (61.2 %) 

Savings Deposits

     4,796         6,228         (1,432     (23.0 %) 

Other Borrowed Funds

     576         1,105         (529     (47.9 %) 

Total Interest Expense

   $ 6,028       $ 9,025       $ (2,997     (33.2 %) 
     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Net Interest Income

          

Before Provision for Loan Losses

   $ 43,389       $ 40,599       $ 2,790        6.9

Provision for Loan Losses

   $ 3,125       $ 2,550       $ 575        22.5

Net Interest Income after

          

Provision for Loan Losses

   $ 40,264       $ 38,049       $ 2,215        5.8

Non-Interest Income and Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest income, which is derived from service charges, fees, commissions, and other non-interest income sources totaled $12.2 million in 2010, up $0.1 million (0.7%) from $12.1 million in 2009. This increase was primarily attributed to the $0.3 million increase in credit card and merchant services income which totaled $2.8 million, up from $2.5 million, coupled with the $0.1 million increase in wire transfer and cable fee income, which totaled $0.7 million, up from $0.6 million, and the $0.1 million increase in trust fee income, which totaled $0.7 million, up from $0.6 million last year. These increases were, however, partially offset by the $0.2 million decrease in mortgage servicing income, which totaled $0.6


million, down from $0.8 million, and the $0.2 million decrease in checking and savings account service fees, which totaled $2.2 million during the year, down from $2.4 million last year.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Non-Interest Income

          

Service charges and fees

   $ 3,894       $ 4,265       $ (371     (8.7 %) 

Investment securities gains, net

     2,603         2,718         (115     (4.2 %) 

Other income

     5,748         5,171         577        11.2

Total Non-Interest Income

   $ 12,245       $ 12,154       $ 91        0.7

On the expense side, non-interest expenses in 2010 totaled $43.1 million, up $0.3 million (0.7%) from $42.8 million in 2009. This increase was largely attributed to the $0.7 million (3.9%) increase in Salaries and Employee Benefit expenses which totaled $19.6 million, up from $18.8 million last year, plus the $0.2 million (3.3%) increase in Occupancy expenses which totaled $5.9 million, up from $5.7 million last year. These increases were however partially offset by the $0.4 million (6.8%) decrease in Furniture and Equipment expenses, which totaled $5.1 million, down from $5.5 million last year, and the $0.3 million (2.0%) decrease in General, Administrative and Other (GA&O) expenses, which totaled $12.5 million in 2010, down from $12.7 million in 2009. The decrease in Furniture and Equipment expenses of $0.4 million was attributed to the $0.2 million decrease in both furniture and equipment depreciation expenses, and equipment maintenance and repair expenses, which combined totaled $5.1 million, down from $5.5 million last year. The $0.3 million decrease in GA&O expenses was largely attributed to the $0.2 million decrease in Sundry Losses, which totaled $0.2 million, down from $0.4 million last year.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Non-Interest Expense

          

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 19,577       $ 18,839       $ 738        3.9

Occupancy

     5,861         5,673         188        3.3

Furniture and equipment

     5,128         5,505         (377     (6.8 %) 

General, administrative and other

     12,507         12,757         (250     (2.0 %) 

Total Non-Interest Expense

   $ 43,073       $ 42,774       $ 299        0.7

Capital Resources

Under current FDIC regulations, the Bank must maintain a 5.0% tier 1 capital to average assets ratio and a tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 6.0% in order to be classified as “well capitalized.” Additionally, the Bank’s total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio must equal or exceed 10.0% to meet the standard for that classification. At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s total capital, net of $0.3 million in treasury stocks, stood at $84.4 million, up $3.5 million from $80.9 million in 2009, and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2010, continue to exceed all of the minimum regulatory capital adequacy requirements, and allow the Bank to remain classified as “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

 

           Minimum    

Minimum

to be

 
           to be    
     Adequately     Well    
     2010     Capitalized     Capitalized  
     Actual     %     %  

Capital Adequacy

      

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ($)

   $ 93,286       

Ratio (%)

     13.76     8.00     10.00


Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ($)

   $ 84,813       

Ratio (%)

     12.21     4.00     6.00

Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets ($)

   $ 84,813       

Ratio (%)

     8.52     4.00     5.00

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into agreements to extend credit to its customers, comprised of loan commitments and letters of credit. These arrangements are subject to the same credit criteria as the on-balance sheet loans of the Bank and expose the Bank to a potential risk of credit loss represented by the contractual amounts of the agreements. However, because some of these agreements may expire without being exercised, the Bank’s need for cash to fund them may be less than the full amounts arranged. At December 31, 2010, Commitments to extend credit totaled $95.0 million, up $32.8 million from $62.1 million in 2009. Total Letters of Credit outstanding increased by $10.8 million to $34.6 million, up from $23.8 million in 2009. The Bank does not anticipate any material losses associated with these off-balance arrangements.

 

     2010      2009      $ Change     % Change  

Off-Balance Sheet Items

          

Commitments to Extend Credit

   $ 94,979       $ 62,143       $ 32,836        52.8

Letters of Credit:

          

Standby Letters of Credit

   $ 33,072       $ 21,003       $ 12,069        57.5

Other Letters of Credit

     1,513         2,792         (1,279     (45.8 %) 

Total Letters of Credit

   $ 34,585       $ 23,795       $ 10,790        45.3

Contractual Obligations

The Bank utilizes facilities, equipment and land under various operating leases with terms ranging from 1 to 99 years. Some of these leases include scheduled rent increases. The total amount of the rent is being debited to expense on the straight-line method over the terms of the leases in accordance with ASC Topic 840 “Leases.” The Bank has recorded a deferred obligation of $0.6 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which has been included within other liabilities, to reflect the excess of rent expense over cash paid on the leases.

The Bank leases certain facilities from two separate entities in which two of its directors have separate ownership interests. Lease payments made to these entities during each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $0.3 million.

At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s annual lease commitments under the above operating leases are as follows:


        Payments due by period      
            Less than      1 to 3      3 to 5      More than  
     Total      1 Year      Years      Years      5 Years  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Capital lease obligations

     —           —           —           —           —     

Operating lease obligations

     24,474         1,647         2,091         1,470         19,266   

Purchase obligations

     —           —           —           —           —     

Other long-term liabilities

     —           —           —           —           —     

Total

   $ 24,474       $ 1,647       $ 2,091       $ 1,470       $ 19,266   

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Bank’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation can be found in the increased cost of the Bank’s operations. Nearly all of our assets and liabilities are financial, unlike most industrial companies. As a result, the Bank’s performance is directly impacted by changes in interest rates, which are indirectly influenced by inflation and inflationary expectations. Our ability to match the financial assets to the financial liabilities in our asset/liability management tends to minimize the effect of a change of interest rates on our performance.

Forward-Looking Statements

When used in this filing and in future filings by the Bank with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in our press releases or other public or stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “would be,” “will allow,” “intends to,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to changes in economic conditions in our market area, changes in policies by regulatory agencies, fluctuations in interest rates, demand for loans in our market area and competition, all or any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from historical earnings and from those presently anticipated or projected.

The Bank wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made, and advises readers that various factors, including regional, national and international economic conditions, substantial changes in the levels of market interest rates, credit and other risks of lending and investment activities, competition and regulatory factors, could affect our financial performance and could cause our actual results for future periods to differ materially from those anticipated or projected.

The Bank does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 


BANK OF GUAM

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

 

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Board of Directors and

Shareholders of the Bank of Guam:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of the Bank of Guam and subsidiaries (the “Bank”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank of Guam and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Tamuning, Guam

February 23, 2011


BANK OF GUAM

Consolidated Statements of Condition

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except par value)

 

       2010     2009  
ASSETS     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 32,102      $ 25,748   

Federal funds sold

     10,000        —     

Interest bearing deposits in banks

     59,376        20,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     101,478        46,336   

Interest bearing deposits in banks

     1,150        6,150   

Investment securities available for sale

     191,312        238,198   

Investment securities held to maturity

     28,366        38,495   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     2,198        2,198   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses (2010: $9,408 and 2009: $8,895)

     611,139        550,297   

Accrued interest receivable

     6,723        5,457   

Premises and equipment, net

     18,713        20,639   

Goodwill

     783        783   

Other assets

     28,739        32,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 990,601      $ 940,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 232,956      $ 213,292   

Interest bearing

     656,319        598,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     889,275        811,894   

Accrued interest payable

     233        418   

Federal funds purchased

     —          10,000   

FHLB advances

     15,000        35,000   

Other liabilities

     1,741        2,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     906,249        859,677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock $0.2083 par value; 48,000 shares authorized; 8,747 and 8,702 shares issued and 8,715 and 8,670 shares outstanding at 2010 and 2009, respectively

     1,830        1,820   

Additional paid-in capital

     13,683        13,357   

Retained earnings

     70,532        67,789   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,403     (1,781
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     84,642        81,185   

Common stock in treasury, at cost (32 shares)

     (290     (290
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     84,352        80,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 990,601      $ 940,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


BANK OF GUAM

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Interest income:

        

Loans

   $  43,206       $ 40,572       $ 37,413   

Investment securities

     5,605         8,529         11,568   

Federal funds sold

     13         46         636   

Deposits with banks

     593         477         404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     49,417         49,624         50,021   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

        

Time deposits

     656         1,692         4,640   

Savings deposits

     4,796         6,228         4,022   

Other borrowed funds

     576         1,105         1,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     6,028         9,025         9,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     43,389         40,599         40,178   

Provision for loan losses

     3,125         2,550         2,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

     40,264         38,049         37,778   

Non-interest income:

        

Service charges and fees

     3,894         4,265         3,854   

Other income

     8,351         7,889         6,864   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     12,245         12,154         10,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

     19,577         18,839         18,047   

Occupancy

     5,861         5,673         5,740   

Furniture and equipment

     5,128         5,505         4,885   

General, administrative and other

     12,507         12,757         11,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     43,073         42,774         39,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     9,436         7,429         8,618   

Income tax expense

     2,344         1,928         2,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,092       $ 5,501       $ 6,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.81       $ 0.63       $ 0.72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.79       $ 0.62       $ 0.70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


BANK OF GUAM

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Net income

   $ 7,092      $ 5,501      $ 6,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects:

      

Unrealized holding loss on available-for-sale securities arising during the period

     (2,333     (4,407     (1,260

Reclassification for gains realized on available-for-sale securities during the period

     2,603        2,718        1,450   

Amortization of unrealized holding loss on held-to-maturity securities during the period

     108        130        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     378        (1,559     283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 7,470      $ 3,942      $ 6,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


BANK OF GUAM

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Common stock:

      

Balance at beginning of year (8,702, 8,668 and 8,634 shares, respectively)

   $ 1,820      $ 1,813      $ 1,801   

Common stock issued to employees (45, 34 and 34 shares issued, respectively)

     10        7        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year (8,747, 8,702 and 8,668 shares, respectively)

     1,830        1,820        1,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     13,357        13,097        12,839   

Common stock issued to employees

     326        260        258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     13,683        13,357        13,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock in treasury

     (290     (290     (290
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (1,781     (222     (505

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustment and tax effects

     270        (1,689     190   

Change in unrealized loss on securities held to maturity, net of reclassification adjustment and tax effects

     108        130        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     (1,403     (1,781     (222
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     67,789        66,616        64,719   

Net income

     7,092        5,501        6,209   

Cash dividends declared

     (4,349     (4,328     (4,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     70,532        67,789        66,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 84,352      $ 80,895      $ 81,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


BANK OF GUAM

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 7,092      $ 5,501      $ 6,209   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     3,125        2,550        2,400   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,040        3,250        3,064   

Amortization of fees, discounts and premiums

     1,677        1,857        (38

Writedown and loss (gain) on sales of foreclosed assets, net

     143        (58     46   

Decrease (increase) in mortgage servicing rights

     23        (246     2   

Realized gain on sale of available-for-sale securities

     (2,603     (2,718     (1,450

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

     —          —          28   

Net change in:

      

Accrued interest receivable

     (1,266     (1,324     307   

Other assets

     3,670        (16,500     2,676   

Accrued interest payable

     (185     (554     (977

Other liabilities

     (624     737        (977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     14,092        (7,505     11,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Net change in interest bearing deposits with banks

     5,000        (996     5,000   

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (231,476     (451,913     (484,049

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     261,196        261,204        156,805   

Maturities, prepayments and calls of securities available for sale

     18,833        111,999        395,174   

Maturities, prepayments and calls of securities held to maturity

     9,961        9,851        11,468   

Loan originations and principal collections, net

     (97,207     (66,534     (89,375

Proceeds from sales of loans

     32,439        25,119        18,493   

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate

     50        168        193   

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

     —          —          65   

Additions to premises and equipment

     (1,114     (1,318     (2,815
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (2,318     (112,420     10,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net increase in deposits

     77,381        72,231        3,499   

Payment of FHLB advances

     (20,000     (15,000     —     

Proceeds from FHLB advances

     —          15,000        25,000   

Proceeds from Federal funds purchased

     (10,000     10,000        —     

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     336        267        270   

Dividends paid

     (4,349     (4,328     (4,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     43,368        78,170        24,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     55,142        (41,755     46,706   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     46,336        88,091        41,385   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 101,478      $ 46,336      $ 88,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 6,213      $ 9,579      $ 10,820   

Income taxes

     310        1,528        1,877   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

      

Foreclosed assets transferred from loans, net

   $ 878      $ 3,862      $ 225   

Transfer of foreclosed assets to loans

     (77     (126     (484

Sale of premises and equipment through bank financing

     —          —          585   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


BANK OF GUAM

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Bank of Guam (the Bank) and wholly-owned subsidiaries, BankGuam Properties, Inc. and BankGuam Insurance Underwriters, Ltd. All significant intercompany and interbranch balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Assets held by the Bank’s Trust department in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Bank, and, accordingly, are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

  (b) Business

The Bank provides a variety of financial services to individuals, businesses and governments through its branches. The Bank’s headquarters is located in Hagatna, Guam and it operates branches located on Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM), the Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI), the Republic of Palau (ROP) and the United States of America. The Bank currently has twelve branches in Guam, three in the CNMI, four in the FSM, one in the RMI, one in Palau, and one in San Francisco. Its primary deposit products are demand deposits, savings and term certificate accounts and its primary lending products are consumer, commercial and real estate loans.

 

  (c) Risks and Uncertainties

In the normal course of its business, the Bank encounters two significant types of risks: economic and regulatory. There are three main components of economic risk: interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. The Bank is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different speeds, or on a different basis, than its interest-earning assets. Incorporated into interest rate risk is prepayment risk. Prepayment risk is the risk associated with the prepayment of assets, and the write-off of premiums associated with those assets, if any, should interest rates fall significantly. Credit risk is the risk of default, primarily in the Bank’s loan portfolio that results from the borrower’s inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects changes in the value of securities, the value of collateral underlying loans receivable and the valuation of real estate owned. Credit and market risks can be affected by a concentration of business in the Pacific Rim and California, United States of America.

The Bank is subject to regulations of various government agencies. These regulations may change significantly from period to period. Such regulations can also restrict the growth of the Bank as a result of capital requirements. The Bank also undergoes periodic examinations by regulatory agencies, which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required loss allowances and operating restrictions. Such changes may result from regulator judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examination.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, valuation of foreclosed assets, other-than-temporary impairment of securities, and the fair value of financial instruments.

 

  (e) Significant Group Concentration of Credit Risk

Most of the Bank’s activities are with customers located within Guam, CNMI, FSM, RMI, ROP and California, United States of America (US). The types of securities that the Bank invests in are included in note 3. The types of lending that the Bank engages in are included in note 4. The Bank does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or customer.

 

  (f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and balances due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest bearing deposits with banks, all of which mature within ninety days. The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve System to maintain cash reserves against certain of their deposit accounts. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the required combined reserves totaled approximately $15,613 and $14,466, respectively.

 

  (g) Interest Bearing Deposits in Banks

Interest-bearing deposits in banks mature within one year and are carried at cost.

 

  (h) Investment Securities

Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and are recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair value, are classified as “available for sale” and are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest yield method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

 

  (i) Other-Than-Temporary-Impairments (OTTI) of Investment Securities

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Other-Than-Temporary-Impairments (OTTI) of Investment Securities, Continued

In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an accounting standard which amended OTTI guidance in GAAP for debt securities by requiring a write-down when estimated fair value is below amortized cost in circumstances where: (1) an entity has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more-likely-than-not that an entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) an entity does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If an entity intends to sell a security or if it is more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its estimated fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is not more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the OTTI write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. This accounting standard did not amend recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI write-downs of equity securities. The Bank adopted this accounting standard on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this accounting standard, which was codified into ASC Topic 320, “ Investments- Debt and Equity Securities ,” had no impact on retained earnings and did not impact the Bank’s statements of income and condition. See Note 3 for the disclosures required under this accounting standard.

 

  (j) Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The Bank is required to hold non-marketable equity securities, comprised of Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”) stock, as a condition of membership. These securities are accounted for at cost which equals par or redemption value. Ownership is restricted and there is no market for these securities. These securities are redeemable at par by the issuing government supported institutions. These securities are periodically evaluated for impairment, considering the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The primary factor supporting the carrying value is the commitment of the issuer to perform its obligations, which includes providing credit and other services to the Bank.

 

  (k) Loans Held for Sale and Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at cost, which approximates market value. Gains and losses are recognized upon the sale of loans.

Mortgage servicing assets are recognized separately when rights are acquired through sale of mortgage loans. Under the servicing assets and liabilities accounting guidance in ASC Topic 860, “ Transfers and Servicing ”, servicing rights resulting from the sale of loans originated by the Bank are initially measured at fair value at the date of transfer. The Bank subsequently measures each class of servicing asset using either the fair value or the amortization method. The Bank has elected to initially and subsequently measure the mortgage servicing rights for mortgage loans using the fair value method. Under the fair value method, the servicing rights are carried in the statements of condition at fair value and the changes in fair value are reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (k) Loans Held for Sale and Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR), Continued

Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. These variables change from period to period as market conditions and projected interest rates change, and may have an adverse impact on the value of the mortgage servicing right and may result in a reduction to noninterest income.

Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned. The change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income.

 

  (l) Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as income using the effective interest method over the contractual life of the loans.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Credit card loans and other unsecured consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

  (m) Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (m) Allowance for Loan Losses, Continued

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a quarterly basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loan in light of historical experience, the nature of volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of the loan. The general component covers unimpaired loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and real estate loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loans’ obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer loans for impairment disclosures.

 

  (n) Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (o) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are reported at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Depreciation expense has been computed principally using estimated lives of 15 to 40 years for premises and 5 to 10 years for furniture and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the estimated lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

Construction-in-progress consists of accumulated direct and indirect costs associated with the Bank’s construction of premises and the purchase of equipment which have not been placed in service and, accordingly, have not been subjected to depreciation. Such assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives when completed and placed in service.

Premises and equipment are periodically evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of premises and equipment are less than its carrying amount. In that event, the Bank records a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset based on quoted prices.

 

  (p) Foreclosed Assets

Properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of the carrying amount of the loan or the fair value of the property reduced by estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Foreclosed assets are estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in economic conditions less estimated costs to sell. A valuation allowance is increased by provisions charged to earnings. Subsequent write-down, income and expense incurred in connection with holding such assets, and gains and losses realized from the sales of such assets are charged to the valuation allowance.

 

  (q) Goodwill

Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life and is not amortized but is evaluated at least annually for impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “ Intangibles – Goodwill and Other .”

 

  (r) Treasury Stock

Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (s) Income Taxes

Income taxes represent taxes recognized under laws of the Government of Guam, which generally conform to U.S. income tax laws. Foreign income taxes result from payments of taxes with effective rates ranging from 2% to 5% of gross income of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the FSM, the RMI and Palau to their respective government jurisdictions. U.S. Federal and California income taxes have been reflected as foreign taxes for financial reporting purposes.

The Bank accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes .”

The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid for the period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income. The Bank determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any.

A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount that the tax authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Bank recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

 

  (t) Dividends Declared

At its discretion, the Bank declares dividends to stockholders of record as of the declaration date. The Bank declared and paid dividends of $0.125 per each share of common stock outstanding for each of the quarters in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

  (u) Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains on securities available for sale and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities, which are also recognized as separate components of equity.


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (v) Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share represent income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Bank relate solely to outstanding stock options, and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Earnings per common share have been computed based on reported net income and the following share data:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Average number of common shares outstanding

     8,721         8,681         8,642   

Effect of dilutive options

     231         234         226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per common share

     8,952         8,915         8,868   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (w) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in note 16. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market condition could significantly affect the estimates.

 

  (x) Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank – put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

 

  (y) Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

  (z) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through February 23, 2011, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. There were no material subsequent events that would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.


(2) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Transfer of Financial Assets

On January 1, 2010, the Bank adopted accounting guidance in ASC Topic 860 which amended GAAP related to the accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities, including the removal of the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity from GAAP. This new accounting standard also clarifies that a transferor must evaluate whether it has maintained effective control of a financial asset by considering its continuing direct or indirect involvement with the transferred financial asset. This accounting standard is effective for financial asset transfers occurring after December 31, 2009. The adoption of this accounting standard on January 1, 2010 did not impact the Company’s statements of income and condition.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements,” which added disclosure requirements about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2, clarified existing fair value disclosure requirements about the appropriate level of disaggregation, and clarified that a description of valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value was required for recurring and nonrecurring Level 2 and 3 fair value measurements. The Bank adopted these provisions of this ASU in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. The adoption of these provisions, which was subsequently codified into ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” only affected the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and as a result had no impact on the Bank’s statements of income and condition. See Note 16 for the disclosures required by this ASU.

This ASU also requires that Level 3 activity related to purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements be presented on a gross basis, rather than as a net number as currently permitted. This provision of the ASU is effective for the Bank’s reporting period ending December 31, 2011. As this provision amends only the disclosure requirements for Level 3 fair value measurements, the adoption will have no impact on the Bank’s financial position or results of operations.

Disclosure about the Credit Quality

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” which will require the Bank to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of the Bank’s loans and leases and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (the “Allowance”). This ASU will also require the Bank to disclose additional information related to credit quality indicators, nonaccrual and past due information, and information related to impaired loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The provisions of this ASU are effective for the Bank’s reporting period ending December 31, 2011. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirements for loans and leases and the Allowance, the adoption will have no impact on the Bank’s financial position or results of operations.


(2) Recent Accounting Pronouncements, Continued

Intangibles – Goodwill and Other

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, which (1) does not prescribe a specific method of calculating the carrying value of a reporting unit in the performance of step 1 of the goodwill impairment test and (2) requires entities with a zero or negative carrying value to assess, considering qualitative factors such as those listed in ASC 350-20-35-30, whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. If an entity concludes that it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, the entity must perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The ASU is effective for impairment tests performed during the year ended December 31, 2012. Management believes that the adoption of this Statement will not have significant impact on the Bank’s financial position or results of operations.

 

(3) Investment Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses, follows:

 

     2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities Available for Sale

          

U.S. government agency and sponsored Agencies (GSE) debt securities

   $ 85,004       $ 131       $ (636   $ 84,499   

U.S. government agency pool securities

     43,732         531         (67     44,196   

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

     63,822         106         (1,311     62,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 192,558       $ 768       $ (2,014   $ 191,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

          

U.S. government agency pool securities

   $ 2,784       $ 28       $ (24   $ 2,788   

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

     25,582         1,489         —          27,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 28,366       $ 1,517       $ (24   $ 29,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities Available for Sale

          

Municipal bonds

   $ 11,693       $ 74       $ (77   $ 11,690   

U.S. government agency pool securities

     88,477         229         (473     88,233   

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

     139,683         50         (1,458     138,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 239,853       $ 353       $ (2,008   $ 238,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 


(3) Investment Securities, Continued

 

     2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities Held to Maturity

          

U.S. government agency pool securities

   $ 3,458       $ —         $ (69   $ 3,389   

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

     35,037         1,200         (3     36,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 38,495       $ 1,200       $ (72   $ 39,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, investment securities with a carrying value of $124,133 and $160,006, respectively, were pledged to secure various Government deposits and other public requirements.

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2010, follows:

 

     Available for Sale      Held to Maturity  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Due after one but within five years

   $ 85,004       $ 84,499       $ —         $ —     

U.S. government agency pool securities

     43,732         44,196         2,784         2,788   

Mortgage-backed securities

     63,822         62,617         25,582         27,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 192,558       $ 191,312       $ 28,366       $ 29,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities amounted to $261,196, $261,204 and $156,805, respectively; gross realized gains were $2,591 $2,984 and $1,818, respectively; and gross unrealized losses were $28, $266 and $215, respectively.

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Bank’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


(3) Investment Securities, Continued

 

            2010  
            Less Than Twelve Months      Over      Twelve  

Months

                                
            Unrealized Loss      Fair Value      Unrealized Loss      Fair Value  
   Securities Available for Sale            
  

U.S. government agency and sponsored Agencies (GSE) debt securities

   $ 636       $ 54,364       $ —         $ —     
   U.S. government agency pool securities      —           —           67         11,051   
  

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

     1,311         55,363         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 1,947       $ 109,727       $ 67       $ 11,051   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Securities Held to Maturity            
  

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

   $ 1       $ 18       $ 23       $ 1,008   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            2009  
            Less Than Twelve Months      Over      Twelve  

Months

                                
            Unrealized Loss      Fair Value      Unrealized Loss      Fair Value  
   Securities Available for Sale            
   Municipal bonds    $ 8       $ 2,779       $ 69       $ 3,575   
   U.S. government agency pool securities      272         22,500         201         15,393   
  

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

     1,458         129,736         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 1,738       $ 155,015       $ 270       $ 18,968   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Securities Held to Maturity            
  

U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities

   $ —         $ —         $ 72       $ 3,306   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bank does not believe that the investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2010, which comprised a total of 35 securities, were other-than-temporarily impaired. Specifically, the 35 securities are comprised of the following: 13 Small Business Administration (SBA) Pool securities, 10 debt securities issued by Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), 1 debt security issued by Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), 10 mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA and 1 mortgage-backed security issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC).

Total gross unrealized losses were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and not due to the credit quality of the investment securities. The Bank does not intend to sell the investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.

 

(4) Loans


A summary of the balances of loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 

     2010      2009  

Commercial

   $ 368,635       $ 345,712   

Consumer

     112,462         102,024   

Real estate

     88,840         86,329   

Government

     47,904         23,746   

Other

     4,112         2,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross loans

     621,953         560,473   

Less: net deferred loan fees

     1,406         1,281   

Less: allowance for loan losses

     9,408         8,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

   $ 611,139       $ 550,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans to directors and executive officers of the Bank amounted to $15,912 and $13,678, respectively. These loans were extended in the normal course of business and at prevailing interest rates. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, undisbursed commitments amounted to $7,140 and $7,925, respectively.

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $173,505 and $159,255 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. On December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank recorded mortgage servicing rights at their fair value of $942 and $965, respectively.

At December 31, 2010, loans outstanding were comprised of approximately 73% variable rate loans and 27% fixed rate loans.

A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, follows:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 8,895      $ 9,943      $ 9,000   

Provision for loan losses

     3,125        2,550        2,400   

Loans charged-off

     (3,838     (4,659     (2,681

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

     1,226        1,061        1,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 9,408      $ 8,895      $ 9,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans:

 

     2010      2009  

Carrying value of impaired loans without a valuation allowance

   $ 8,599       $ 5,650   

Carrying value of impaired loans with a valuation allowance

     6,711         5,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 15,310       $ 10,858   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance related to total impaired loans

   $ 826       $ 1,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


(4) Loans, Continued

 

            2010      2009  

Total non-accrual loans

      $ 15,310       $ 10,858   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans past-due ninety days or more and still accruing

      $ 1,355       $ 5,172   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2010      2009      2008  

Average investment in impaired loans

   $ 13,084       $ 10,302       $ 7,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income recognized on impaired loans, all based on a cash basis

   $ 73       $ 262       $ 226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 

     2010  
            Accumulated     Net  
     Cost      Depreciation     Book Value  

Buildings

   $ 27,742       $ (14,906   $ 12,836   

Furniture and equipment

     23,715         (19,614     4,101   

Automobiles and mobile facilities

     1,400         (1,148     252   

Leasehold improvements

     4,092         (2,647     1,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     56,949         (38,315     18,634   

Construction in-progress

     79         —          79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 57,028       $ (38,315   $ 18,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2009  
            Accumulated     Net  
     Cost      Depreciation     Book Value  

Buildings

   $ 27,742       $ (14,108   $ 13,634   

Furniture and equipment

     22,641         (17,867     4,774   

Automobiles and mobile facilities

     1,383         (941     442   

Leasehold improvements

     3,507         (2,414     1,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     55,273         (35,330     19,943   

Construction in-progress

     696         —          696   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 55,969       $ (35,330   $ 20,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2010 and 2009, depreciation expense was $3,040, $3,250 and $3,064, respectively.


(6) Other Assets

A summary of other assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 

     2010      2009  

Prepaid income tax

   $ 9,872       $ 12,149   

Prepaid expenses

     4,910         5,177   

Prepaid FDIC assessments for 2011 and 2012

     4,522         5,853   

Foreclosed assets, net

     4,486         3,878   

Deferred tax asset, net

     2,870         2,813   

Mortgage servicing rights

     942         965   

Other

     1,137         1,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,739       $ 32,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(7) Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed assets are presented net of an allowance for losses. A summary of the changes in foreclosed assets is as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,878      $ 252   

Additions

     878        3,862   

Sales

     (127     (294
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,629        3,820   

Writedowns and (loss) gain on sale, net

     (221     4   

Change in valuation allowances

     78        54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 4,486      $ 3,878   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of foreclosed asset operations, which are included in non-interest expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Real estate operations, net

   $ 196      $ 58      $ 71   

Loss (gain) on the sale of the foreclosed assets

     20        (14     (22

Writedowns

     201        10        67   

Change in valuation allowances

     (78     (54     (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net losses from other real estate operations

   $ 339      $ —        $ 25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


(8) Deposits

A summary of deposits at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 

     2010      2009  

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 232,956       $ 213,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits:

     

Demand deposits

     75,237         72,830   

Regular savings

     386,303         311,484   

Time deposits:

     

$100,000 or more

     69,542         84,004   

Less than $100,000

     15,943         17,951   

Other interest bearing deposits

     109,294         112,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     656,319         598,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 889,275       $ 811,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2011

   $ 81,810   

2012

     862   

2013

     613   

2014

     646   

2015

     1,301   

Thereafter

     253   
  

 

 

 
   $ 85,485   
  

 

 

 
(9) Borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances

The Bank has a credit line with the FHLB equal to 10% of total assets. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank had outstanding advances against this credit line under Blanket Agreements for Advances and Security Agreements (the Agreements) of $15,000 and $35,000, respectively. The Agreements enable the Bank to borrow funds from the FHLB to fund mortgage loan programs and to satisfy certain other funding needs. The weighted average rate of interest applicable to the advance was 3.58% and 2.37% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The advances outstanding at December 31, 2010 are due to mature as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2011

   $ 5,000   

2012

     10,000   
  

 

 

 
   $ 15,000   
  

 

 

 

The value of first lien one-to-four unit mortgage loans and first lien multifamily loans pledged under the Agreements must be maintained at not less than 120% and 125%, respectively, of the advances outstanding.


(9) Borrowings, Continued

Overnight Fed Funds Lines

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank had $17,000 in federal funds lines of credit available with its correspondent banks. No borrowings were outstanding as of December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2009, $10,000 was outstanding against these lines.

 

(10) Income Taxes

The income tax provision includes the following components:

 

     2010     2009      2008  

Government of Guam income taxes:

       

Current

   $ 2,297      $ 1,167       $ 2,419   

Deferred

     (252     410         (324

Foreign income taxes (including U.S. income taxes)

     299        351         314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 2,344      $ 1,928       $ 2,409   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Deferred loan origination fees

   $ (42   $ (24   $ (33

Mortgage servicing rights

     (8     84        (2

Loan loss provision

     (175     356        (321

Deferred rent obligation

     (27     (24     (31

Foreclosed assets valuation

     —          18        63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

   $ (252   $ 410      $ (324
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,200      $ 3,025   

Foreclosed assets

     64        64   

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     424        563   

Net unrealized loss on securities held to maturity

     299        355   

Loan origination fees

     477        435   

Deferred rent obligation

     188        161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

     4,652        4,603   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

    

Depreciation

     (1,462     (1,462

Mortgage servicing rights

     (320     (328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liability

     (1,782     (1,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 2,870      $ 2,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


(10) Income Taxes, Continued

No valuation allowance has been provided to reduce the deferred tax asset because, in management’s opinion, it is more likely than not that the entire amount will be realized.

The difference between effective income tax expense and income tax expense computed at the Guam statutory rate was due to nontaxable interest income earned on loans to the Government of Guam for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

The Bank files income tax returns in Guam, CNMI and the State of California. The Bank is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.

 

(11) Employee Benefit Plans

Stock Purchase Plan

The Bank has a stock purchase plan that covers substantially all employees meeting the minimum service requirements. Under the plan, qualified employees are allowed to participate in the purchase of designated shares of the Bank’s common stock at 85% of fair market value at date of exercise. A maximum of 1,947 shares are authorized for issuance. As of December 31, 2010, 1,657 rights to purchase shares have been granted to employees. Rights to purchase shares are exercisable for a ten-year period from the date of grant. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, shares totaling 45, 34 and 33 respectively, were issued under the plan at average prices per share of $7.49, $7.87 and $7.57, respectively.

Executive Employment Agreements

The President and the Executive Vice President are employed under separate agreements terminating December 31, 2012 and May 31, 2013, respectively. Under the agreements, they receive specified base salaries, which are adjusted annually for changes in the U.S. Consumer Price Index plus an incentive bonus. The President’s and the Executive Vice President’s bonuses are based on profitability, also within the defined limit, subject to adjustments based on the Bank meeting certain performance criteria.

Under an agreement with the Bank, the designated survivor of the late Chairman is receiving a bonus based on the level of qualified assets or profitability, within a defined limit, through 2010.

Under a Phantom Stock unit and stock option plan, the President and Executive Vice President may elect to receive up to $100 each in Phantom Stock units in lieu of an equal amount of incentive bonus as computed in their employment agreements. These nonvoting Phantom Stock units may be held for receipt of dividends equal to the dividend rate of the Bank’s common stock or may be redeemed at a price equal to the market value of the Bank’s common stock. In addition, for each Phantom Stock unit received, the executive employee receives options to purchase three shares of the Bank’s common stock at a price equal to the market value of the stock at the date the options are granted. The redemption of the Phantom Stock or the exercise of the options will result in the forfeiture by the executive employee of any rights under the other. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no Phantom Stock units outstanding under the plan.


(11) Employee Benefit Plans, Continued

Senior Vice Presidents Employment Agreements

Seven Senior Vice Presidents entered into separate 5-year employment agreements terminating on December 31, 2011. Under the agreements, they receive specified base salaries and they may receive bonuses, within a defined limit, based on the Bank’s profitability, adjusted by certain Bank performance criteria.

Employee Retirement Savings Plan

The Bank has a 401(k) Plan whereby substantially all employees, with at least one year of continuous service, are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Bank made matching contributions equal to 50 percent of the first six percent of an employee’s compensation contributed to the Plan through February 28, 2008. Effective March 1, 2008, the Bank makes matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee’s deferrals, up to 1% of the employee’s compensation, plus 50% of the employee’s deferrals that exceed 1%, but less than 5% of the employee’s compensation. Previously, matching contributions vest to the employee over a five-year period of service. Effective March 1, 2008, matching contributions become 100% vested to the employee after 2 years of service. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the expense attributable to the Plan was $341, $342 and $322, respectively.

 

( 12) Lease Commitments

The Bank utilizes facilities, equipment and land under various operating leases with terms ranging from 1 to 99 years. Some of these leases include scheduled rent increases. The total amount of the rent is being debited to expense on the straight-line method over the lease terms in accordance with ASC Topic 840 “Leases .” The Bank has recorded a deferred obligation of $554 and $474 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which has been included within other liabilities, to reflect the excess of rent expense over cash paid on the leases.

At December 31, 2010, annual lease commitments under the above noncancelable operating leases were as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2011

   $ 1,647   

2012

     1,116   

2013

     975   

2014

     830   

2015

     640   

Thereafter

     19,266   
  

 

 

 
   $ 24,474   
  

 

 

 

The Bank leases certain facilities from two separate entities in which two of its directors have separate ownership interests. Lease payments made to these entities during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 approximated $263, $263 and $252, respectively.


( 12) Lease Commitments, Continued

Additionally, the Bank leases office space to third parties, with original lease terms ranging from 3 to 5 years with option periods ranging up to 15 years. At December 31, 2010, minimum future rents to be received under noncancelable operating sublease agreements were $13 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

A summary of rental activities for years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Rent expense

   $ 2,508       $ 2,326       $ 2,285   

Less: sublease rentals

     269         283         249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,239       $ 2,043       $ 2,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(13) Other Income

A summary of other income for years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Gain on sale of securities

   $ 2,603       $ 2,718       $ 1,450   

Merchant activities, net

     1,254         1,219         1,430   

Cardholder activities, net

     1,520         1,273         1,469   

Other operating income

     2,974         2,679         2,515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,351       $ 7,889       $ 6,864   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(14) Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the United States federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables.


(14) Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements, Continued

There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are also presented in the table.

 

     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2010:

               

Total capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 93,286         13.76   $ 54,228         8.00   $ 67,785         10.00

Tier 1 capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 84,813         12.21   $ 27,114         4.00   $ 40,671         6.00

Tier 1 capital (to Average Assets)

   $ 84,813         8.52   $ 39,816         4.00   $ 49,771         5.00

As of December 31, 2009:

               

Total capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 89,227         14.95   $ 47,746         8.00   $ 59,683         10.00

Tier 1 capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 81,767         13.70   $ 23,873         4.00   $ 35,810         6.00

Tier 1 capital (to Average Assets)

   $ 81,767         8.07   $ 40,528         4.00   $ 50,660         5.00

 

(15) Off-Balance Sheet Activities

The Bank is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of nonperformance by the other parties to financial instruments for loan commitments and letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Bank follows the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

A summary of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     2010      2009  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 94,979       $ 62,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Letters of credit:

     

Standby letters of credit

   $ 33,072       $ 21,003   

Other letters of credit

     1,513         2,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,585       $ 23,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


(15) Off-Balance Sheet Activities, Continued

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for certain lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Commercial and standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party or shipment of merchandise from a third party. Those letters-of-credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters-of-credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank generally holds collateral supporting those commitments. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

The Bank considers its standby letters of credit to be guarantees. At December 31, 2010, the maximum undiscounted future payments that the Bank could be required to make was $33,072. All of these arrangements mature within one year. The Bank generally has recourse to recover from the customer any amounts paid under these guarantees. Most of the guarantees are fully collateralized; however, several are unsecured. The Bank had not recorded any liabilities associated with these guarantees at December 31, 2010.

 

(16) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with ASC Topic 820 “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.


(16) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, Continued

Fair Value Hierarchy

In accordance with this guidance, the Bank groups its financial assets and financial liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

 

Level 1:    Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities generally include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury securities that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3:    Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amount of cash and short-term instruments approximates fair value based on the short-term nature of the assets.

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks

Fair values for other interest-bearing deposits are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current rates for similar types of deposits.


(16) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, Continued

Investment Securities

When quoted prices are available in an active market, the Bank classifies the securities within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid U.S Government debt and equity securities.

If quoted market prices are not available, the Bank estimates fair values using pricing models and discounted cash flows that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, and credit spreads. Examples of such instruments, which would generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include GSE obligations, corporate bonds, and other securities. Mortgage-backed securities are included in Level 2 if observable inputs are available. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, the Bank would classify those securities in Level 3. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank did not have any Level 3 securities.

Loans

For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for nonperforming loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of MSRs is determined using models which depend on estimates of prepayment rates and resultant weighted average lives of the MSRs and the option adjusted spread levels.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (for example, interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently on comparable instruments to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Short-Term Borrowings

The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased and FHLB advances maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values.

Long-Term Borrowings

Fair value of FHLB advances maturing after ninety days is determined based on expected present value techniques based on current market rates for advances with similar terms and remaining maturities.


(16) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, Continued

Accrued Interest

The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Management does not believe it is practicable to provide an estimate of fair value because of the uncertainty involved in attempting to assess the likelihood and timing of a commitment being drawn upon, coupled with a lack of an established market and the wide diversity of fee structures.

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Other
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

December 31, 2010

           

Investment securities

           

Available for Sale

   $ —         $ 191,312       $ —         $ 191,312   

Other assets:

           

MSRs

     —           —           942         942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —         $ 191,312       $ 942       $ 192,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

           

Investment securities

           

Available for Sale

   $ —         $ 238,198       $ —         $ 238,198   

Other assets:

           

MSRs

     —           —           965         965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —         $ 238,198       $ 965       $ 239,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Beginning balance

   $ 965      $ 719   

Realized and unrealized net (losses) gains:

    

Included in net income

     (23     246   

Included in other comprehensive income

     —          —     

Purchases, sales and issuances, net

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 942      $ 965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(16) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, Continued

There were no transfers in or out of the Bank’s Level 3 financial assets for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis


Under certain circumstances the Bank makes adjustments to fair value for assets and liabilities though they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The following table presents the financial instruments carried on the consolidated statements of condition by caption and by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2010 and 2009, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:

 

       Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

December 31, 2010

           

Financial assets:

           

Loans, net

           

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ 362       $ —         $ 362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets

           

Other real estate owned

   $ —         $ 3,354       $ —         $ 3,354   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

           

Financial assets:

           

Loans, net

           

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ 3,184       $ —         $ 3,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with the provisions of loan impairment guidance of ASC Subtopic 310-10-35, individual loans with total carrying values of $453 and $5,209 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were written down to their fair value of $362 and $3,184, respectively, resulting in an impairment charge of $91 and $2,025, respectively, which were recorded as charge offs to the allowance for loan losses. Loans subject to write downs are estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in economic conditions less estimated costs to sell.

In accordance with the provisions of the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsections of ASC Subtopic 360–10, foreclosed assets with a carrying amount of $3,555 was written down to their fair value of $3,354, resulting in a loss of $201, which was included in earnings for the period. Foreclosed assets subject to write downs is estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in economic conditions less estimated costs to sell.

Additionally, the Bank also makes adjustments to nonfinancial assets and liabilities though they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The Bank does not have nonfinancial assets or liabilities for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2010.


(16) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities, Continued

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s other financial instruments, excluding those assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis on the Bank’s consolidated statements of condition, are as follows:

 

     2010      2009  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 101,478       $ 101,478       $ 46,336       $ 46,336   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   $ 1,150       $ 1,150       $ 6,150       $ 6,150   

Investment securities held to maturity

   $ 28,366       $ 29,859       $ 38,495       $ 39,623   

Loans, net

   $ 611,139       $ 625,247       $ 550,297       $ 552,558   

Accrued interest receivable

   $ 6,723       $ 6,723       $ 5,457       $ 5,457   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

   $ 889,275       $ 893,072       $ 811,894       $ 812,872   

Accrued interest payable

   $ 233       $ 233       $ 418       $ 418   

Federal funds purchased

   $ —         $ —         $ 10,000       $ 10,000   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   $ 15,000       $ 15,000       $ 35,000       $ 35,000   

 

(17) Contingency

The Bank is involved in certain legal actions and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that, as a result of its legal defenses and insurance arrangements, none of these matters have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


PART III

Item 9 – Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

On May 3, 2003 the Bank of Guam submitted a Request for Proposal for the audit of the Bank of Guam’s financial statements to several accounting firms. The engagement for accounting services with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) expired at the end of fiscal year December 31, 2002. On June 3, 2003 the Bank received a letter from PwC stating that it declined to propose to audit the financial statements of the Bank for 2003 and subsequent years. For fiscal years 2002 and 2001, PwC issued unqualified opinions on the Bank of Guam’s financial statements. The Bank of Guam’s Audit Committee did not recommend or approve PwC’s declination, as it is solely within the discretion of PwC to decline to respond to the Bank of Guam’s Request for Proposal for audit services. During the past two fiscal years, there were no disagreements between the Bank of Guam and PwC on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope of procedure, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of PwC would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) in connection with its report.

On August 14, 2003, under the Bank’s Request for Proposal dated May 5, 2003, the Bank of Guam and Deloitte & Touche LLP entered into an agreement to provide audit services for the years ended December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2005. Subsequently on June 22, 2006, under the Bank’s Request for Proposal dated May 8, 2006, both parties entered into another agreement to provide audit services for the years ended December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2008. On October 21, 2009 and November 18, 2010, the Bank contracted Deloitte & Touche LLP to provide audit services for the year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010. There were no disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9a - Controls & Procedures

Please refer to Certification of President & Chief Executive Officer (Exhibit D) & Certification of Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Exhibit E)

Item 10 - Directors and Principal Officers of the Bank

Please refer to Annual Meeting of Shareholders Proxy Statement (Exhibit A – pages 5 & 6).

Item 11 - Management Compensation and Transactions

Please refer to Annual Meeting of Shareholders Proxy Statement (Exhibit A – pages 8, 9 & 10).

Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Please refer to Annual Meeting of Shareholders Proxy Statement (Exhibit A – page 2).


Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Please refer to Annual Meeting of Shareholders Proxy Statement (Exhibit A – page 4).

Item 14 – Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Please refer to Annual Meeting of Shareholders Proxy Statement (Exhibit A – page 19).

Item 15 - Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 10-K

 

Exhibits

  

Description

A    Proxy Statement to Shareholders solicited by the Board of Directors of Bank of Guam in relation to the 2011 Annual Shareholders Meeting
B    Employment Contract - President & Chief Executive Officer
C    Employment Contract - Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer
D    Certification of President & Chief Executive Officer
E    Certification of Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

No reports have been filed on Form F-7 during the last quarter of the period covered by this report.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Bank of Guam has duly caused this report to be signed in its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Bank of Guam         
By:   

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

      Date:    3/14/2011
   Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero         
   President         
   Chief Executive Officer         
By:   

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

      Date:    3/14/2011
   Francisco M. Atalig         
   Senior Vice President         
   Chief Financial Officer         
By:   

/s/ Lori C. Sablan

      Date:    3/14/2011
   Lori C. Sablan         
   Vice President         
   Controller         


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

By:   

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

      Date: 3/14/11
   Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero      
   Chair of the Board      
By:   

/s/ William D. Leon Guerrero

      Date: 3/14/11
   William D. Leon Guerrero      
   Vice Chairman of the Board      
By:   

 

      Date:                     
   Roger P. Crouthamel      
   Board Member/Board Secretary      
By:   

/s/ Martin D. Leon Guerrero

      Date: 3/14/2011
   Martin D. Leon Guerrero      
   Board Member/Board Treasurer      
By:   

/s/ Joe T. San Agustin

      Date: 3/14/11
   Joe T. San Agustin      
   Board Member      
By:   

/s/ Ralph G. Sablan, M.D.

      Date: 3/14/11
   Ralph G. Sablan, M.D.      
   Board Member      
By:   

 

      Date:                     
   Luis G. Camacho, D.D.S.M.S.      
   Board Member      
By:   

 

      Date:                     
   Frances L.G. Borja      
   Board Member      


BOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued)

 

By:   

/s/ Joaquin P. L.G. Cook

      Date: 3/14/11
   Joaquin P. L.G. Cook      
   Board Member      
By:   

/s/ Joseph M. Crisostomo

      Date: 3/14/11
   Joseph M. Crisostomo      
   Board Member      
By:   

/s/ Patricia P. Ada

      Date: 3/14/2011
   Patricia P. Ada      
   Board Member      


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE

2011 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

NOTICE is hereby given that the regular Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of Bank of Guam (the “Bank”), a Guam Banking Corporation, will be held on May 2, 2011, at 7:00 P.M., in the lobby of the Bank’s headquarters, located at 111 Chalan Santo Papa, Hagåtña, Guam 96910, for the following purposes:

 

  1. To elect four (4) Class III Directors for a term of three (3) years;

 

  2. To vote for or against the Bank’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

 

3. To vote on a nonbinding resolution to approve the compensation of the Bank’s named executive officers;

 

4. To vote on a nonbinding resolution to recommend the frequency with which shareholders shall be entitled to have an advisory vote on executive compensation; and

 

5. To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business March 15, 2011, as the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting and any adjournment thereof.

IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOUR SHARES BE REPRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER YOU HOLD. PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE PROMPTLY. IF YOU ATTEND THE MEETING AND WISH TO VOTE IN PERSON, YOU MAY THEN WITHDRAW YOUR PROXY.

Dated at Hagåtña, Guam, April 11, 2011.

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

/S/ Martin D. Leon Guerrero

Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Asst. Secretary


PROXY

BANK OF GUAM

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

May 2, 2011

THIS PROXY IS BEING SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK OF GUAM

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, I, the undersigned Shareholder(s) of BANK OF GUAM, Hagåtña, Guam (the “Bank”), do hereby nominate, constitute and appoint LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO and WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO, or any one of them (individually and collectively the “Proxies”), my true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for me and in my name, place and stead to vote all the Common Stock of the Bank standing in my name on its books as of March 15, 2011, at the Annual Meeting of its Shareholders to be held in the lobby of the Bank’s Headquarters located at 111 Chalan Santo Papa, in Hagåtña, Territory of Guam, on May 2, 2011, at 7:00 P.M., or at any adjournment thereof, with all the powers the undersigned would possess if personally present, as follows:

1. The election of the Board of Directors’ nominees to the Board of Directors of the Bank as shown in the Proxy Statement.

CLASS III: TERM OF THREE YEARS: FOUR DIRECTORS

 

  ¨ For all Nominees listed below (except as indicated to the contrary below)

 

  ¨ Withhold authority to vote for all Nominees listed below

Lourdes Leon Guerrero             Joaquin P.L.G. Cook             Martin D. Leon Guerrero             Joe T. San Agustin

(to withhold authority to vote for any individual Nominee, write the Nominee’s name on the space provided below)

 

 

2. To vote For or Against the Bank’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

¨         For                  ¨         Against                  ¨         Abstain

3. To vote on a nonbinding resolution to vote FOR or AGAINST the compensation of the Bank’s named executive officers;

¨         For                  ¨         Against                 ¨         Abstain

4. To vote on a nonbinding resolution to recommend the frequency with which shareholders shall be entitled to have an advisory vote on executive compensation;

¨         Every year                 ¨         Every two years                 ¨         Every three years                 ¨         Abstain

5. In their discretion, the Proxies are authorized to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof, including matters which may be presented to the meeting of which the Board of Directors has no knowledge as of the date of this Proxy.


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. IF NO SPECIFICATIONS ARE MADE, THE PROXY WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RECOMMENDATIONS AS SHOWN ABOVE AND IN THE PROXY STATEMENT.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Annual Report of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the Notice and Proxy Statement dated April 11, 2011 relating to the Annual Meeting.

Dated, this     day of April, 2011.

 

Sign:  

 

 

 

        (Please Print Name and Social Security Number)   
Sign:  

 

 

 

        (Please Print Name and Social Security Number)   


When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title. If there is more than one trustee, all should sign. All joint owners must sign. If signer is a corporation, sign in full corporate name by duly authorized officer.

IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOUR SHARES BE REPRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER YOU HOLD. PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE PROMPTLY. IF YOU ATTEND THE MEETING AND WISH TO VOTE IN PERSON, YOU MAY THEN WITHDRAW YOUR PROXY.


BANK OF GUAM

111 Chalan Santo Papa

Hagåtña, Guam 96910

 

 

P.O. Box BW

Hagåtña, Guam 96932

 

 

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

PROXY STATEMENT

GENERAL

THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK OF GUAM

Solicitation of Proxies by the Board of Directors

The accompanying proxy is solicited by the Board of Directors of the Bank of Guam (the “Bank”). The proxy must be filed at the Bank’s Headquarters (Hagåtña Branch) located at 111 Chalan Santo Papa, First Floor, Hagåtña, Guam 96910 at least 24 hours before the time and date set for the meeting. A shareholder giving a proxy has the power to revoke it at any time before it is voted. A proxy may be revoked in a writing delivered to Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero or Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero at the Bank stating that the proxy is revoked, or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or by attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy. All shares represented by properly executed unrevoked proxies will be voted at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 2, 2011, and any adjournment thereof.

The total expense of solicitation of proxies on behalf of the Board of Directors will be borne by the Bank. In addition to this solicitation by mail, directors, officers and regular employees of the Bank may make solicitation by telephone, mail, or personal interviews.

It is anticipated that the proxy material will be first mailed to the Shareholders on or about April 11, 2011.

Voting of Securities

The close of business on March 15, 2011, has been fixed by the Board of Directors as the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting. As of March 15, 2011 there were outstanding 8,764,371 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.2083 per share (the “Common Stock”). Each share of Common Stock held by each Shareholder of record will be entitled to one vote for each matter submitted to a vote at the Annual Meeting. In the election of directors, each share of Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for as many directors as are to be elected. Voting for directors will not be cumulative.


PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS

As of January 30, 2011, to the best of the Bank’s knowledge, no person owned of record or beneficially more than five percent of the outstanding voting common stock of the Bank, except as follows:

 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner

   Amount and Nature  of
Beneficial Ownership  1
    Percent of Class  
Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero      3,963,070  2        45.48
P.O. Box BW     
Hagatna, Guam 96932     
Eugenia A. Leon Guerrero      1,708,209  2       19.60
P.O. Box BW     
Hagåtña, Guam 96932     
Pedro P. Ada, Jr.      540,995  2       6.22
P.O. Box 2889     
Hagåtña, Guam 96932     
Marciano V. Pangilinan      536,868  3       6.16
P.O. Box 101     
Hagåtña, Guam 96932     

 

1  

Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 states that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of such security, and/or investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of such security.

2  

These amounts are included among certain shares held in a voting trust (“Voting Trust”) under terms of a Voting Trust Agreement, dated September 18, 1990, as amended (“Agreement”), of which Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero is Trustee. Each Shareholder of the Voting Trust has sole investment power over his or her shares held in the Voting Trust, subject to a right of first refusal to other Shareholders of the Voting Trust. The Trustee exercises primary voting power over all the shares held in the Voting Trust, subject to the right of a Majority-in-Interest of the Shares, as defined in the Agreement, to prohibit proposed actions of the Trustee. The Voting Trust holds 3,926,100 shares or 45.05% of the common shares of the Bank. Ms. Eugenia A. Leon Guerrero as the Trustee under the Jesus S. Leon Guerrero and Eugenia A. Leon Guerrero Family Trust, Mr. Pedro P. Ada, Jr., Dr. Luis G. Camacho, Mr. Joe T. San Agustin, Dr. Ralph G. Sablan, Mr. Roger Crouthamel, Mr. Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Mr. Vincent Leon Guerrero, Mrs. Agnes Leon Guerrero Winters and the Felino B. Amistad and Fulgencia M. Amistad Trust are Shareholders of the Voting Trust. The Voting Trust will terminate on September 19, 2015 unless earlier terminated by a Majority-in-Interest of the Shares. The Voting Trust provides, generally, that the Trustee of the Voting Trust shall vote the Voting Trust shares for the current directors who are Shareholders of the Voting Trust or nominees of those Shareholders. Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero became Trustee following the death of Mr. Anthony A. Leon Guerrero, pursuant to the terms of the Voting Trust and subsequent to FDIC approval.

3  

Includes 168,000 shares owned by Mark’s Insurance Underwriters, Inc. and 26,760 shares owned by Ace Hardware.


The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing Bank corporate policies and for monitoring the overall performance of the Bank. The Directors of the Bank represent the interests of the Shareholders as a whole, rather than the special interests of any particular group. All communications sent by any shareholder to the Board of Directors or to any individual Board member should be addressed to the Secretary of the Board of Directors, Bank of Guam, 111 Chalan Santo Papa, Hagatna, Guam 96910.

Meetings

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Board of Directors held a total of 12 regularly scheduled meetings and one special meeting. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. no incumbent director was present in person at fewer than 75% of the aggregate of the total number of meetings of the Board and the total number of meetings held by all Committees on which he or she served, except that the following director attended fewer than 75% of such meetings: Mr. Crisostomo, 72% (for business reasons) and Dr. Camacho, 74% (for business reasons).

Committees

The Board of Directors does not have a separate standing Compensation Committee. Compensation policies are established and reviewed by an Ad Hoc Compensation Committee and approved by the Board. The Board of Directors established an Ad Hoc Compensation Committee composed of Messrs. Roger P. Crouthamel (Chairman), Joe T. San Agustin and Ms. Patricia P. Ada to address compensation issues of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero. The Ad Hoc Compensation Committee held one meeting during 2010.

1. The Executive Committee is composed of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero (Chair), Messrs. William D. Leon Guerrero, Dr. Ralph G. Sablan, Joe T. San Agustin, Roger P. Crouthamel, Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Joaquin P.L.G Cook, Ms. Patricia P. Ada and Ms. Frances L.G. Borja. The Executive Committee reviews the administration of the Bank and its branches, including the investment portfolio, loans in excess of $30,000, personnel policies, and various management, credit and personnel reports. The Committee held 12 meetings during 2010.

2. The Nominating Committee is composed of Messrs. Joe T. San Agustin (Chairman), Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Roger P. Crouthamel, Dr. Luis G. Camacho and Ms. Patricia P. Ada. The Nominating Committee’s sole function is to recommend to the Board of Directors those persons to be considered for nomination and election to the Board of Directors. The Board determined that all members of the Nominating Committee are “independent” as that term is defined in the listing standards of the American Stock Exchange. The Committee held one meeting during 2010 and one meeting in 2011. The Committee will consider recommendations from shareholders for nominations to the Board of Directors. The recommendations should be submitted in writing and should be accompanied by a biography of the proposed candidate, as well as other information required by the Committee. Shareholder recommendations must be received by January 1, 2012, in order to be included in the Committee’s consideration for Directors to be elected in the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Nominating Committee which can be viewed on our website at www.bankofguam.com/about/NominatingCommitteeCharter.pdf.

3. The Stock Option Committee is composed of Messrs. Roger P. Crouthamel (Chairman), Dr. Luis G. Camacho, Dr. Ralph G. Sablan, Joaquin P.L.G Cook and Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero. The Stock Option Committee’s function is to recommend and implement


stock option programs for employees of the Bank. The Stock Option Committee held four meetings during 2010.

4. The Trust Committee is composed of Messrs. Martin D. Leon Guerrero (Chairman), Joseph M. Crisostomo, Roger P. Crouthamel, William D. Leon Guerrero, Joaquin P.L.G Cook and Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero. The Trust Committee’s function is to oversee and direct all activities of the Trust department of the Bank, including approving all accounts opened and closed. The Trust Committee held 12 meetings during 2010.

5. The Loan Committee is composed of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero (Chair), Messrs. Martin D. Leon Guerrero, William D. Leon Guerrero, Joe T. San Agustin, Joaquin P.L.G Cook and various officers of the Bank. The Loan Committee’s principal function is to monitor and review the loan portfolio of the Bank and its branches. In this connection, the Committee approves and confirms, as the case may be, all loans above a certain amount. The Loan Committee held 60 meetings during 2010.

6. The Bank’s Audit Committee is composed of six directors who are not employees of the Bank. The Audit Committee’s principal functions are to oversee and direct the duties of the Internal Audit department and to oversee the performance of the Bank’s independent certified public accountants. The Audit Committee held 20 meetings during 2010. The Board has determined that all members are “independent” as that term is defined in the listing standards of the American Stock Exchange. Mr. Joe T. San Agustin is considered a “financial expert” as that term is used in the securities rules. The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee which can be viewed on our website at www.bankofguam.com/about/AuditCommitteeCharter.pdf.

Audit Committee Report

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements for fiscal year 2010 with management and with the independent auditors. Specifically, the Audit Committee has discussed with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by SAS No. 114 (The Auditor’s Communication With Those Charged with Governance).

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from our independent accountants, Deloitte Touche LLP, required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, Independence Discussions With Audit Committees. Additionally, the Audit Committee has discussed with Deloitte Touche LLP the issue of its independence from the Bank.

Based on its review of the audited financial statements and the various discussions noted above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in our Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

The Audit Committee is composed of the following Directors:

 

Mr. Joe T. San Agustin (Chairman)   Dr. Luis G. Camacho      Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel
Mr. Martin D. Leon Guerrero   Dr. Ralph G. Sablan      Ms. Patricia P. Ada


7. The Tax Recovery Committee is composed of Ms. Lourdes Leon Guerrero (Chair), Messrs. William D. Leon Guerrero, Martin Leon Guerrero and Roger P. Crouthamel. The Tax Recovery Committee held no meetings during 2010. The Tax Recovery Committee’s principle function is to monitor the progress of the Bank’s lawsuit against the United States Government entitled Bank of Guam vs. The United States, No. 07-32C United States Court of Federal Claims.

8. The Asset/Liability Committee is composed of Messrs. William D. Leon Guerrero (Chairman), Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Joseph M. Crisostomo, Ms. Patricia P. Ada and Ms. Lourdes A, Leon Guerrero and, various officers of the Bank. The Asset/Liability Committee’s principal function is to monitor and review the Bank’s liquidity position (Asset/Liability management) to assure that appropriate resources are in place to meet anticipated funds demands. The Committee also manages rate sensitive assets and liabilities to provide acceptable levels of net interest income and Interest Rate Risk which is the exposure to the Bank’s Earnings and Equity Capital from future interest rate changes. Meetings of the Asset/Liability Committee are held monthly but the Board members are required to attend on a quarterly basis. The Asset Liability Committee held 12 meetings during 2010.

Family Relationships

Mr. Joaquin P.L.G. Cook is the son of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero.

Certain Business Relationships

Bank of Guam is leasing office space in the Yigo Town Center for its Yigo Branch from Ada’s Trust & Investment Inc. (“Ada’s Trust”). Ms. Patricia P. Ada is a director for the Bank and the General Manager, Board Secretary and Assistant Treasurer for Ada’s Trust.

The Bank’s ten-year lease for the 4000 square foot Yigo Branch began on December 1, 1996, (the “Lease”). The Bank has four options to renew the Lease for five years each. During fiscal year 2010, the Bank paid Ada’s Trust $118,800 for rent. During the ten-year Lease term the total lease payments should equal approximately $1,134,000. The Lease is at or below current market rates for the area. The Bank anticipates that it may exercise one or more of its options to renew the Lease.

Bank of Guam is leasing office space in the Macheche Plaza Shopping Center for its Dededo Branch from Macheche Plaza Development (“Macheche”). Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel, a director of the Bank, is a Managing Partner of and owns a 27% interest in Macheche. The John Kerr Grandchildren’s Trust also has a 15% interest in Macheche. Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel is the Trustee for The John Kerr Grandchildren’s Trust.

The Bank’s ten-year lease for the 5,574 square foot Dededo Branch began on March 30, 1990, (the “Lease”). The Lease was renegotiated in 1999 to lower the rent and extend the Lease for twelve years commencing June 1, 1999. The Bank has two options to renew the Lease for five years each. The Lease automatically renews for five years provided the Bank does not give the Landlord a notice of termination 180 days prior to the termination date. The Bank has not provided the Landlord with a notice of termination. During fiscal year 2010, the Bank paid Macheche Development $200,664 for rent and $31,437 for common area maintenance. During the twelve-year Lease term the total lease payments should equal approximately $2,449,858. The Lease is at or below current market rates for the area. The Bank anticipates that it may exercise the options to renew the Lease.


PROPOSAL 1

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

The By-Laws of the Bank provide that the Board of Directors is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III), all to be elected by the holders of the Common Stock of the Bank. Each Class consists of not less than three members to be elected for a term of three years, with their terms to be staggered so that one Class of directors will be elected each year. Four directors, constituting the Class III Directors, will be elected by the holders of the Common Stock at the Annual Meeting to be held on May 2, 2011.

Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy holders will vote the proxies received by them for the election of the four nominees shown below to serve as Class III Directors for a term of three years. Although it is not contemplated that any nominee will decline or be unable to serve as director, in either such event, the proxies will be voted by the proxy holders for the election of other persons as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

All of the nominees are presently directors. 4 The nominees were recommended by the Nominating Committee and approved by the Board of Directors. The names of the nominees for the Class III Directors and the background information furnished by them, including their principal occupations and their employment for the past five years, are set forth below:

CLASS III DIRECTORS

 

Name

   Age   

Principal Occupation

   Year First
Elected Director
of the Bank
Joaquin P.L.G Cook    31    Vice President, Compliance Manager, Bank of Guam; Partner, Byerly & Cook Company; Member, Management Committee, IP&E Holdings, LLC; Member, Bank of Guam Trust Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Stock Option Committee, Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Loan Committee.    2007
Joe T. San Agustin    80    Chairman, Government of Guam Retirement Fund; Member, Guam Finance Commission; Chairman, Government of Guam Fiscal Policy Committee; Former, Administrator BRAC, Government of Guam Steering Committee, Office of the Governor; Former Senator, 14 th through 23 rd Guam Legislatures; Former Speaker, 20 th through 22 nd Guam Legislature; Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Loan Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Ad Hoc Compensation Committee; Chairman, Bank of Guam Audit Committee; Treasurer, Bank of Guam; Chairman, Bank of Guam Nominating Committee; Part-Time Instructor, University of Guam.    1975
Martin D. Leon Guerrero    59    Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, Bank of Guam; Chairman, Bank of Guam Trust Committee; Vice-Chairman, Bank of Guam Audit Committee; Vice-Chairman, Bank of Guam Nominating Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Loan Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee.    1990

 

4  

Substantially all of the directors’ shares, including certain of the nominees’ shares, and 2,861,620 additional shares are subject to a Voting Trust. The Voting Trust provides that the Trustee, Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, will vote the shares for the persons currently nominated for Director. See footnote 2 for additional details.


Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero    60    President and Chair of the Bank of Guam; Former Senator, 28 th Guam Legislature; Chair, Bank of Guam Executive Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Stock Option Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Trust Committee; Chair, Bank of Guam Loan Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Asset Liability Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Tax Recovery Committee; Director, GTA TeleGuam Holdings, LLC.    1991

As noted above, the terms of office for the Class I and Class II Directors described below will continue beyond the 2011 Annual Meeting. These directors, their ages, principal occupations for the past five years, and the year in which each director was first elected a director of the Bank, are set forth below.

CLASS I DIRECTORS

 

Name

  

Age

 

Principal Occupation

   Year First
Elected Director
of the Bank
Joseph M. Crisostomo    51   President, CarsPlus LLC; President/Owner, CyclesPlus LLC; Member, Bank of Guam Trust Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Asset Liability Committee.    2006
William D. Leon Guerrero    59   Executive Vice President/Chief Operating Officer, Bank of Guam; Member, Bank of Guam Loan Committee; Member, Bank of Guam, Executive Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Trust Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Tax Recovery Committee; Chairman, Bank of Guam Asset Liability Committee.    2003
Dr. Luis G. Camacho    83   Retired Orthodontist, Orthodontic Clinic; Member, Bank of Guam Audit Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Stock Option Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Nominating Committee.    1972

CLASS II DIRECTORS

 

Name

   Age   

Principal Occupation

   Year First
Elected Director
of the Bank
Patricia P. Ada    45    General Manager, Board Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Ada’s Trust and Investment Inc.; Manager, P and M LLP; Manager, P.P. Ada Investment; Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Ad Hoc Committee; Member, Asset Liability Committee; Member Audit Committee; Member, Nominating Committee.    2008
Frances L.G. Borja    53    President, Carmen Safeway Enterprises Inc.; Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee.    2005
Dr. Ralph G. Sablan    78    Dermatologist; Captain, U.S. Navy, Retired; Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Stock Option Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Audit Committee, Member, Bank of Guam Nominating Committee.    1972


Roger P. Crouthamel   62    Director, TransPacific Travel dba Travel Pacificana; Director, Guam Fast Foods, Inc., dba Kentucky Fried Chicken; Asst. Secretary/Treasurer, Oceanic Resources, Inc.; Partner, Chamorro Gardens Development; Partner, LKC Development;; Member, Vista Chino Development; Partner, Macheche Plaza Development; Director & Vice President, Sports Concepts Inc.; Attorney at Law, Carlsmith Ball LLP.; Secretary, Bank of Guam; Member, Bank of Guam Executive Committee; Chairman, Bank of Guam Stock Option Committee; Vice-Chairman, Bank of Guam Trust Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Audit Committee; Chairman, Bank of Guam Ad Hoc Compensation Committee; Member, Bank of Guam Nominating Committee; Member Tax Recovery Committee.    1998

STOCK OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The following table sets forth for each director, and for all directors and officers as a group, beneficial ownership of the Bank’s common stock and the percentage of such stock so owned rounded to the nearest one-tenth (1/10th) of one percent (1%):

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Amount and Nature  5
of Beneficial Ownership
as of 1/31/11
    Percent
of Class  6
 

Patricia P. Ada,

     2,800         0.03

Frances L.G. Borja

     10,824  7       0.12

Dr. Luis G. Camacho

     258,207  8   9       2.96

Joseph M. Crisostomo

     4,700  10       0.05

Joaquin P.L.G. Cook

     3,600  11       0.04

Roger P. Crouthamel

     436,040  8 12       5.00

Martin D. Leon Guerrero

     64,860  8   13       0.74

 

5  

Unless otherwise noted in the following footnotes, the listed beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power.

6  

Based on the number of shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2010.

7  

With the exception of 4,000 shares in the name of Carmen L.G. Borja, her mother, all other shares are in the name of Frances L.G. Borja alone.

8  

Director’s shares (except those owned by Frances L. G. Borja, Joseph M. Crisostomo, William D. Leon Guerrero, Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Patricia P. Ada. Joaquin P.L.G Cook and Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero) are subject to a Voting Trust. Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero is the Trustee of the Voting Trust and exercises primary voting power but not investment power over all shares subject to the Voting Trust. See footnote 2.

9  

All shares owned by Luis G. Camacho and Cynthia L. Camacho, Trust UA 03/20/2009 and Cynthia Camacho Living Trust..

10 

All shares owned by Joseph M. Crisostomo and Joyce Q. Crisostomo.

11

Includes 500 shares owned by Jeffrey Cook or Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero T/F Joaquin Philip Leon Guerrero Cook, 2400 shares by Joaquin Philip Leon Guerrero Cook by Jeffrey Cook or Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and 600 shares by Joaquin P. Leon Guerrero Cook or Jeffrey Cook.

12  

Includes 382,910 shares owned by Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel Trustee of The Crouthamel Family Trust all of which are included in the Voting Trust identified at Footnote 2, and 39,166 shares owned by Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel, Trustee for The John Kerr Grandchildren’s Trust which are not subject to the Voting Trust. Also includes 12,163 shares held of record by his minor daughter with Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel as the Custodian.


William D. Leon Guerrero

     32,886 14       0.38

Dr. Ralph G. Sablan

     427,024  8   15       4.90

Joe T. San Agustin

     13,421  8   16       0.15

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

     36,970  2   17       0.42

All Directors and Officers as a Group (11 persons)

     1,291,332        14.82

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Board of Directors of the Bank believes that its executive compensation program should be designed and administered to provide a competitive compensation program that will enable it to attract, motivate, reward and retain executives who have the skills, education, experience and capabilities required to discharge their duties in a competent, efficient and professional manner. The Board thinks that the most effective compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic goals by the Bank, and which aligns executive’s interests with those of the shareholder by rewarding performance above established goals, with the ultimate objective of improving shareholder value.

Geographic Uniqueness of the Bank of Guam

Unlike other insured financial institutions physically located in the United States, the Bank is uniquely geographically situated thousands of miles from the mainland United States. Because of its location, it cannot readily draw from the available pool of experienced officers that typically is available to mainland banks to manage the affairs of the Bank.

To implement the compensation objectives of the Board, the Bank has entered into employment agreements with its named executive officers that it believes rewards performance as measured against established goals. Not only does the Board believe that these agreements provide a fair compensation for the named executives, but it enables the Bank to better retain key executives to manage its affairs and to comply with the numerous Guam and federal laws and regulations in order to ensure the safety and soundness of the funds entrusted to it for safekeeping. Throughout this Proxy Statement, the individuals who served as the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer during fiscal year 2010, as well as the other individuals included in the Summary Compensation Table on Page 9, are referred to as the “named executive officers.”

Ad Hoc Compensation Committee

 

 

13  

All shares owned by Martin D. Leon Guerrero and Barbara B.B. Leon Guerrero.

14  

Includes 2,520 shares owned by Mrs. Zita Leon Guerrero, the spouse of Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero. With the exception of 3,564 shares in Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero’s name alone all other shares are held jointly with Mr. Leon Guerrero’s wife Mrs. Zita Leon Guerrero.

15  

With the exception of 75,680 shares in Dr. Ralph G. Sablan’s name alone all other shares are held jointly with Dr. Sablan’s wife Mrs. Maryanne G. Sablan.

16  

With the exception of 1,149 shares in Mr. Joe T. San Agustin’s name alone all other shares are held jointly with Mr. San Agustin’s wife Mrs. Carmen S. San Agustin.

17  

Includes 10,661 shares owned by Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and Jeffrey Cook, 500 shares owned by Jeffrey Cook or Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero T/F Mariana Leon Guerrero Cook, 800 owned by Mariana Leon Guerrero Cook by Jeffrey Cook or Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero. Also includes 1,600 shares in the name of Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero custodian for Ana-Lourdes Shimizu Cook and 1,516 shares in the name of Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero custodian for Naima S. Cook.


The Board does not have a standing Compensation Committee. As executive contracts come up for renewal, the Board appoints an Ad Hoc Compensation Committee composed of independent, outside directors who are not employed by the Bank. Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero and Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero executed new Employment Agreements in 2004 and 2008, respectively. Messrs. Francisco M. Atalig, Ernest P. Villaverde and Danilo M. Rapadas entered into Employment Agreements with the Bank on January 3, 2007.

2010 Executive Compensation Components

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the principal components of compensation for the named executive officers were:

Base Salary

The Bank provides named executive officers and other employees with base salary pursuant to their employment agreements to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salary ranges for named executive officers are determined for each executive based on his position and responsibility.

Bonus and Incentive-Based Cash Compensation

The Bank provides an incentive-based cash compensation plan for the named executive officers that is tied to meeting certain objectives as measured by return on assets, return on equity, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ratings, and level of adversely classified assets or the Bank’s efficiency performance.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

The Bank provides named executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that the Board believes are reasonable and consistent with its overall compensation program to better enable the Bank to attract and retain superior employees for key positions. The Board periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to the named executive officers.

Based on the specific provisions of the employment agreements of the named executive officers, some of the perquisites include the use of automobiles, term life insurance coverage and certain memberships and personal benefits. Information about the details of the 2010 perquisites and other benefits for fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, provided to the named executive officers is found in the Summary Compensation Table.

Long Term Incentive Program

On January 10, 1989, the Shareholders approved a Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option plan authorizing the Board of Directors to enter into employment agreements with certain executive officers to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable to certain executive officers granting such officers, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the value of the amount deferred, coupled with options to purchase three (3) shares of Common Stock of the Bank for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted (the “Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option”).

Employee’s 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

The Bank has an employee benefit plan called the Bank of Guam Employee 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). For 2010, employees who meet certain eligibility requirements based on length and amount of service may voluntarily contribute up to a maximum of $16,500 to the 401(k) Plan. Employees who are 50 or older may elect to defer an additional $5,500 on top of the $16,500 for a maximum contribution of $22,000 per year. The Bank will make contributions equal to 100% of employee’s salary deferrals that do not exceed 1% of employee’s compensation, plus 50% of employee’s salary deferrals that exceed 1% but are less than 5% of employee’s compensation. Employees’ rights to the Bank’s contribution vest at the rate of 20% per annum, with 100% vesting after two years participation in the 401(k) Plan, or upon death or permanent disability. Employees may direct the investment of their 401(k) Plan accounts as set forth in the 401(k) Plan. Payments at retirement are


based on the amount each employee contributed each year, the amount matched by the Bank and the performance success of the investments chosen by the employee. All eligible employees were automatically enrolled in the 401(k) Plan unless the employee actively opts out of participation in the 401(k) Plan. Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero, Mr. Francisco M. Atalig, Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde and Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan and did not opt out of the 401(k) Plan.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth compensation for services in all capacities to the Bank for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 of those persons who were at December 31, 2010 (a) Chief Executive Officer of the Bank; (b) Chief Operating Officer of the Bank (c) Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and (d) the two highest paid executive and senior officers of the Bank whose aggregate salary and bonus exceeded $100,000.

Annual Compensation

 

Name and Position of Individual

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($) 18
     Other
Annual Comp.  ($)
    Total
($)
 

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

     2010         267,539         93,932         50,876  19       412,347   

President, Chief Executive

     2009         257,968         83,781         43,855  20       385,604   

Officer, Chair of the Board

     2008         259,615         69,050         53,308  21       381,973   

William D. Leon Guerrero

     2010         224,733         83,623         55,995  22       364,311   

Executive Vice President

     2009         222,850         80,325         57,433  23       360,608   

Chief Operating Officer

     2008         207,756         51,787         66,953  24       326,496   

 

18  

The bonuses paid reflect payments made under a formula based on the Bank’s net assets or profitability.

19  

In accordance with the provisions of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement, this amount includes payments or reimbursements to Ms. Leon Guerrero for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $17,673, a life insurance premium payment of $2,813, $16,345 for payments of her utilities of her primary residence for 2010 and $2,030 for the use of an automobile and related operating expenses. Ms. Leon Guerrero also received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to her 401(k) Plan of $8,615 for 2010. The Bank paid Ms. Leon Guerrero the amount of $3,400 for her spouse’s airfare to accompany her on a Bank related to function.

20  

In accordance with the provisions of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement, this amount includes payments or reimbursements to Ms. Leon Guerrero for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $10,737, a life insurance premium payment of $3,391, $19,893 for payments of her utilities of her primary residence for 2010 and $852 for the use of an automobile and related operating expenses. Ms. Leon Guerrero also received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to her 401(k) Plan of $8,755 for 2009. The Bank paid Ms. Leon Guerrero the amount of $227 for her spouse’s airfare to accompany her on a Bank related to function.

21  

In accordance with the provisions of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement, this amount includes payments or reimbursements to Ms. Leon Guerrero for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $8,796, a life insurance premium payment of $3,370, $19,797 for payments of her utilities of her primary residence for 2009 and $13,168 for the use of an automobile and related operating expenses. Ms. Leon Guerrero also received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to her 401(k) Plan of $8,177 for 2008.

22  

On April 28, 2003, the Board of Directors authorized the payment of a companion airline ticket to allow a family member to accompany the President or the Executive Vice President to a trip off-island for medical purposes. The Bank paid $8,808 for off-island medical travel for Mr. Leon Guerrero and his spouse in 2010. During the time Mr. Leon Guerrero was off island for medical reasons he also conducted business for the Bank. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement, this amount includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Leon Guerrero for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $26,661, a life insurance premium payment of $2,605, $8,368 for payments of his utilities of his primary residence and $2,317 for the use of an automobile and related operating expenses. Mr. Leon Guerrero also received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $7,236 for 2010.

23  

On April 28, 2003, the Board of Directors authorized the payment of a companion airline ticket to allow a family member to accompany the President or the Executive Vice President to a trip off-island for medical purposes. The Bank paid $10,072 for off-island medical travel for Mr. Leon Guerrero and his spouse in 2010. During the time Mr. Leon Guerrero was off island for medical reasons he also conducted business for the Bank. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement, this amount includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Leon Guerrero for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $23,517, a life insurance premium payment of $3,088, $8,719 for payments of his utilities of his primary residence and $4,729 for the use of an automobile and related operating expenses. Mr. Leon Guerrero also received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $7,308 for 2009.

24

On April 28, 2003, the Board of Directors authorized the payment of a companion airline ticket to allow a family member to accompany the President or the Executive Vice President to a trip off-island for medical purposes. The Bank paid $11,786 for off-island medical travel for Mr. Leon Guerrero and his spouse in 2009. During the time Mr. Leon Guerrero was off island for medical reasons he also conducted business for the Bank. In accordance


Danilo M. Rapadas

     2010         125,391         35,225         33,950  25       194,566   

Senior Vice President/

     2009         124,237         22,383         28,097  26       174,717   

General Counsel and Chief Risk Officer

     2008         120,675         15,575         26,671  27       162,921   

Francisco M. Atalig

     2010         137,440         35,225         20,221  28       192,886   

Senior Vice President/ Chief

     2009         132,736         31,418         12,923  29       177,077   

Financial Officer

     2008         133,897         25,894         11,558  30       171,349   

Ernest P. Villaverde

     2010         126,425         35,225         23,776  31       185,426   

Senior Vice President/ Information

     2009         122,098         31,418         23,564  32       177,080   

Management Systems Administrator

     2008         123,164         25,894         18,158  33       167,216   

Long Term Incentive Program

 

  

with the provisions of Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement, this amount includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Leon Guerrero for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $19,937, a life insurance premium payment of $3,370, $15,578 for payments of his utilities of his primary residence and $9,810 for the use of an automobile and related operating expenses. Mr. Leon Guerrero also received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $6,472 for 2008.

25  

Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $4,226 for 2010. Mr. Rapadas is the Recording Secretary of the Bank’s Board of Directors and is paid $875 per meeting he attended. He was compensated $11,375 for 2010. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Rapadas’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Rapadas for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $16,225, a life insurance premium payment of $2,124 for 2010.

2 6  

Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $4,226 for 2009. Mr. Rapadas is the Recording Secretary of the Bank’s Board of Directors and was paid $875 per meeting attended in 2009. He was compensated $11,375 for 2009. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Rapadas’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Rapadas for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $10,062, a life insurance premium payment of $2,433 for 2009.

27 

Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $3,970 for 2008. Mr. Rapadas is the Recording Secretary of the Bank’s Board of Directors and was paid $1000 per meeting for first two months of 2008 and $875 thereafter for each meeting he attended. He was compensated $12,500 for year 2008. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Rapadas’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Rapadas for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $6,531, a life insurance premium payment of $3,670 for 2008.

28 

Mr. Francisco M. Atalig received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $2,112 for 2010. Mr. Atalig attends the Bank’s Board of Directors meeting and is paid $875 per meeting attended in 2010. He was compensated $7,000 for 2010. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Atalig’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Atalig for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $8,926, a life insurance premium payment of $2,183 for 2010.

29  

Mr. Francisco M. Atalig received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $2,257 for 2009. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Atalig’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Atalig for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $8,171, a life insurance premium payment of $2,494 for 2009.

30  

Mr. Francisco M. Atalig received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $2,119 for 2008. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Atalig’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Atalig for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $6,069, a life insurance premium payment of $3,370 for 2008.

31 

Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $3,911for 2010. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Villaverde’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Villaverde for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $17,736, a life insurance premium payment of $2,129 for 2010.

32  

Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $4,153 for 2009. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Villaverde’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Villaverde for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $16,995, a life insurance premium payment of $2,415 for 2009.

33  

Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde received compensation in the form of a fifty percent (50%) matching contribution to his 401(k) Plan of $4,063for 2008. In accordance with the provisions of Mr. Villaverde’s Employment Agreement, this amount also includes payments or reimbursements to Mr. Villaverde for medical and dental insurance in the amount of $10,725, a life insurance premium payment of $3,370 for 2008.


Tandem Phantom Stock Units/Stock Option Plan

On January 10, 1989, the Shareholders approved a Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option plan authorizing the Board of Directors to enter into employment agreements with executive officers to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable to certain executive officers granting such officers, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the value of the amount deferred, coupled with options to purchase three (3) shares of Common Stock of the Bank for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted (the “Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option”). The Board has entered into employment agreements with William D. Leon Guerrero and Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero which grant them the right to (1) hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “Dividend Equivalent”), or (2) tender his Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value, or (3) exercise his Stock Options. Upon tender by the holder of his Phantom Stock Units for cash, he will forfeit his rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of his Stock Options he will forfeit his rights to the Phantom Stock Units (and the Dividend Equivalents). The Board of Directors has not deferred an annual incentive bonus under the Tandem Phantom Stock Unit/Stock Option Plan for the years 2010, 2009, or 2008.

Employment Agreements

The Bank has entered into employment agreements with Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero and Messrs. William D. Leon Guerrero, Danilo M. Rapadas, Francisco M. Atalig and Ernest P. Villaverde. The initial terms are for five years and are subject to renegotiation upon expiration. Each agreement specifies the compensation, benefits, duties and responsibilities of each named executive officer during the term of his employment.

Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

On January 1, 2008, Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero entered into an Employment Agreement, with the Bank to act as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, to expire December 31, 2012. The Board of Directors at their meeting of December 26, 2007 approved Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides for, among other things, the payment of an annual base salary of $250,000.00, with annual CPI adjustments. The Employment Agreement provides for an incentive bonus equal to 2% of the net profits after taxes of the Bank or $200,000 whichever is less, payable in capital stock of the Bank or in cash or a combination thereof. The incentive bonus shall be reduced from 5% to 100% if the Bank does not meet certain objectives as measured by return on assets, return on equity, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ratings, level of adversely classified assets or the Bank’s efficiency performance. Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero also receives certain personal benefits which include (a) a group term life insurance policy in the amount of $700,000 maintained by the Bank, (b) use of an automobile and compensation for operating expenses, (c) certain memberships and personal benefits, and (d) the right to participate in the Bank’s executive health insurance, accident insurance and disability insurance plans. Upon disability, Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero would receive her base salary adjusted for CPI increases, together with all incentive bonuses, for the remainder of the term of her Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement also provides for Tandem Phantom Stock


Units/Stock Options under the terms and conditions set forth above. The Employment Agreement was subsequently amended on February 23, 2009 and approved by the Board of Directors at their February 23, 2009 Board meeting to include the following two additional benefits: 1) a life insurance, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00, and 2) a bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to the Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

On February 11, 2009 Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero entered into an Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2008, with the Bank to act as Executive Vice President/Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, for a term of five years. The Board of Directors at their meeting of February 23, 2009 approved Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero’s Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides for, among other things, the payment of an annual base salary of $210,000 with annual CPI adjustments. The Employment Agreement provides for an incentive bonus equal to 1.75% of the net profits after taxes of the Bank or $150,000, whichever is less, payable in the capital stock of the Bank or in cash or combination thereof. The incentive bonus shall be reduced from 5% to 100% if the Bank does not meet certain objectives as measured by return on assets, return on equity, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ratings, level of adversely classified assets or the Bank’s efficiency performance. Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero also receives certain other personal benefits including (a) a group term life insurance policy in the amount of $700,000 maintained by the Bank, (b) use of an automobile and compensation for operating expenses, (c) certain memberships and personal benefits, (d) the right to participate in and receive other benefits as may be available to other executives of the Bank, (e) a life insurance, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00, and (f) a bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to the Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. Upon disability, Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero would receive his base salary, adjusted for the CPI increases, together with all incentive bonuses for the remainder of the term of the Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement also provides for Tandem Phantom Stock Units/Stock Options under the terms and conditions set forth above.

Senior Vice President/General Counsel and Chief Risk Officer

On January 3, 2007 Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas entered into an Employment Agreement with the Bank to act as Senior Vice President/General Counsel & Chief Risk Officer of the Bank for a term of five years. The Board of Directors at their meeting of December 26, 2006 approved the Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides for, among other things, the payment of an annual base salary of $113,220.00 with annual CPI adjustments. The Employment Agreement provides for an incentive bonus equal to .75% of the net profits after taxes of the


Bank or $50,000, whichever is less, payable in the capital stock of the Bank or in cash or combination thereof. The incentive bonus shall be reduced from 5% to 100% if the Bank does not meet certain objectives as measured by return on assets, return on equity, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ratings, level of adversely classified assets or the Bank’s efficiency performance. Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas also receives certain other personal benefits including (a) a group term life insurance policy in the amount of $700,000 maintained by the Bank and (b) the right to participate in and receive other benefits as may be available to other executives of the Bank. Upon disability, Mr. Danilo M. Rapadas would receive his base salary, adjusted for the CPI increases, together with all incentive bonuses for the remainder of the term of the Employment Agreement.

Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer

On January 3, 2007 Mr. Francisco M. Atalig entered into an Employment Agreement with the Bank to act as Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer of the Bank for a term of five years. The Board of Directors at their meeting of December 26, 2006 approved the Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides for, among other things, the payment of an annual base salary of $120,972.00 with annual CPI adjustments. The Employment Agreement provides for an incentive bonus equal to .75% of the net profits after taxes of the Bank or $50,000, whichever is less, payable in the capital stock of the Bank or in cash or combination thereof. The incentive bonus shall be reduced from 5% to 100% if the Bank does not meet certain objectives as measured by return on assets, return on equity, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ratings, level of adversely classified assets or the Bank’s efficiency performance. Mr. Francisco A. Atalig also receives certain other personal benefits including (a) a group term life insurance policy in the amount of $700,000 maintained by the Bank and (b) the right to participate in and receive other benefits as may be available to other executives of the Bank. Upon disability, Mr. Francisco A. Atalig would receive his base salary, adjusted for the CPI increases, together with all incentive bonuses for the remainder of the term of the Employment Agreement.

Senior Vice President/ Information Management Systems Administrator

On January 3, 2007 Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde entered into an Employment Agreement with the Bank to act as Senior Vice President/ Information Management Systems Administrator of the Bank for a term of five years. The Board of Directors at their meeting of December 26, 2006 approved the Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides for, among other things, the payment of an annual base salary of $111,276.00 with annual CPI adjustments. The Employment Agreement provides for an incentive bonus equal to .75% of the net profits after taxes of the Bank or $50,000, whichever is less, payable in the capital stock of the Bank or in cash or combination thereof. The incentive bonus shall be reduced from 5% to 100% if the Bank does not meet certain objectives as measured by return on assets, return on equity, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ratings, level of adversely classified assets or the Bank’s efficiency performance. Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde also receives certain other personal benefits including (a) a group term life insurance policy in the amount of $700,000 maintained by the Bank and (b) the right to participate in and receive other benefits as may be available to other executives of the Bank. Upon disability, Mr. Ernest P. Villaverde would receive his base salary, adjusted for the CPI increases, together with all incentive bonuses for the remainder of the term of the Employment Agreement.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The Bank uses cash incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the Board of Directors. In setting director compensation, the Bank considers the significant amount of time that Directors expend in fulfilling their duties to the Bank as well as the skill-level required by the Bank of members of the Board of Directors.

Cash Compensation Paid to Board Members

Directors are paid an attendance fee of $2,000 for each Board meeting attended. At the February 25, 2008 Board of Directors meeting, the Board voluntary reduced its Board fees effective the March 2008 meeting to $1,750 for each Board meeting attended. Board Members are also paid $250 for each Committee meeting attended with the Chair of the Audit and Trust Committee being paid $300 per meeting.

DIRECTOR SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth the compensation of the members of the Board for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

                             Name    Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)
     All Other
Annual  Comp.
($) 34
    Total
($)
 

Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

     42,500           42,500   

Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero

     40,750           40,750   

Ms. Patricia P. Ada

     30,750         432        31,182   

Mr. Roger P. Crouthamel

     32,250         432        32,682   

Mr. Martin D. Leon Guerrero

     49,100         4,390  35       53,490   

Dr. Ralph G. Sablan

     31,250         7,705  36       38,955   

Mr. Joe T. San Agustin

     43,500         5,322  37       48,822   

Dr. Luis G. Camacho

     23,500         432        23,932   

Mr. Joaquin P.L.G. Cook

     43,000         66,483  38       109,483   

Ms. Frances L. G. Borja

Mr. Joseph M. Crisostomo

    

 

25,250

20,250

  

  

    

 

432

432

  

  

   

 

25,682

20,682

  

  

 

34  

Payment for term life insurance and medical insurance benefits.

35  

This amount includes life insurance of $432 and $3,958 in travel expenses paid to him for his spouse to accompany him to a Bank related to training.

36  

This amount includes life insurance of $432 and $7,273 in travel expenses paid to him for his spouse to accompany him to a Bank related to training.

37  

This amount includes life insurance of $432 and $4,890 in travel expenses paid to him for his spouse to accompany him to a Bank related to training.

38  

This amount includes his salary and bonus for 2010, medical, life insurance, and retirement benefits. Mr. Cook does not have a term life insurance.


PROPOSAL TWO

APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF

2011 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

At the Annual Meeting, shareholders will be asked to vote to approve the adoption of the Bank’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”). A general description of the principal terms of the Stock Purchase Plan is set forth below. This description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Stock Purchase Plan, as proposed to be adopted, which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix A and is incorporated herein by reference. The Stock Purchase Plan is intended to replace the Bank’s current 2001 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan which will be terminated upon adoption and approval of the Stock Purchase Plan.

NOTE: AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE REORGANIZATION OF THE BANK PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS, ALL RIGHTS UNDER THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN SHALL BE CONVERTED INTO RIGHTS TO PURCHASE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY. THEREAFTER, ALL SHARES ISSUED UNDER THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN SHALL BE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY, THE SHARES IN THE SHARE RESERVE SHALL BE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY, AND BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY SHALL BE THE ENTITY GRANTING RIGHTS UNDER THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN. SEE BELOW: “REORGANIZATION OF THE BANK AND CERTAIN CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.”

General Description

In April 2011, the Board adopted the Stock Purchase Plan, subject to the approval of shareholders at the Annual Meeting. The purpose of the Stock Purchase Plan is to provide employees of the Bank and its designated parents or subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase common stock of the Bank through accumulated payroll deductions. It is the intention of the Bank to have the Stock Purchase Plan qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The provisions of the Stock Purchase Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of the Code.


If adopted, an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of the Bank’s common stock will be reserved for issuance and purchase under the Stock Purchase Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other similar change in the common stock or the capital structure of the Bank, and subject to certain limitations under applicable laws and regulations.

SUMMARY OF THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Purpose . The purpose of the Stock Purchase Plan is to provide employees of the Bank and its designated parents or subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase common stock of the Bank through accumulated payroll deductions.

Administration . The Stock Purchase Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Bank or a committee of the Board appointed by the Board (the “Plan Administrator”). The Plan Administrator shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Stock Purchase Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Stock Purchase Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Plan Administrator shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Members of the Board receive no additional compensation for their services in connection with the administration of the Stock Purchase Plan.

Eligibility . All employees of the Bank, and its designated parents or subsidiaries, whose customary employment is for more than five (5) months in any calendar year and more than twenty (20) hours per week are eligible to participate in the Stock Purchase Plan. Employees subject to rules or laws of a foreign jurisdiction that prohibit or make impractical the participation of such employees in the Stock Purchase Plan are not eligible to participate. Employees who have completed fewer than two (2) years of service with the Bank also are not eligible to participate. In addition, no employee will be granted an option under the Stock Purchase Plan if, (i) immediately after the grant, such employee, taking into account stock owned by any other person whose stock would be attributed to such employee pursuant to section 424(d) of the Code, would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Bank or any of its designated parents or subsidiaries, or (ii) which permits the employee’s rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Bank and its parents or subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock, determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time such option is granted, for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

Purchase of Shares . The Stock Purchase Plan designates Offer Periods and Exercise Dates. The Stock Purchase Plan shall be implemented through consecutive Offer Periods, as determined by the Plan Administrator. The maximum length of any Offer Period shall be one (1) year. The initial Offer Period shall be one (1) year and shall commence on July 1, 2011 and end on June 30, 2012. Thereafter, Offer Periods will be six (6) months and begin on each July 1 and January 1. On the first day of each Offer Period, a participating employee is granted a purchase right which is a form of option to be automatically exercised on the last day of the Offer Period. When the purchase right is exercised, the employee’s withheld salary is used to purchase shares of common stock of the Bank. The price per share at which shares of common stock are to be


purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan during any Offer Period is eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the Offer Period or eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the common stock on the last day of the Offer Period, whichever is lower. If there is a change in the capitalization during an Offer Period due, for example, to a stock split, stock dividend or stock reclassification, the price per share on the first day of the Offer Period is proportionally increased or decreased. No fractional shares will be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant’s account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share shall be carried over to the next Offer Period or returned to the participant, if the participant withdraws from the Stock Purchase Plan. Payroll deductions may range from one percent (1%) to ten percent (10%) in whole percentage increments of an employee’s regular base salary, overtime, bonuses, annual awards and other incentive payments from the Bank or one or more designated parents or subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, a participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%).

Grant of Option . On the first day of each Offer Period, each participant shall be granted an option to purchase up to 1,500 shares of the Bank’s common stock, (subject to certain limitations described in “Eligibility” and “Purchase of Shares” above).

Withdrawal . A participant may either (i) withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Stock Purchase Plan or (ii) terminate future payroll deductions, but allow accumulated payroll deductions to be used to exercise the participant’s option under the Stock Purchase Plan. If a participant elects withdrawal alternative (i), all of the participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account will be paid to such participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal, the participant’s option for the Offer Period will be automatically terminated and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offer Period. If a participant elects withdrawal alternative (ii), no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offer Period, all of the participant’s payroll deductions credited to the participant’s account will be applied to the exercise of the participant’s option on the last day of that Offer Period and the participant’s option for the Offer Period will be automatically terminated. If a participant withdraws from an Offer Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offer Period unless the participant delivers to the Bank a new subscription agreement.

Termination of Employment . Upon termination of a participant’s employment relationship, at a time more than three (3) months from the last day of the current Offer Period, the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account during the Offer Period but not yet used to exercise the option will be returned to such participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto, and such participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Upon termination of a participant’s employment relationship within three (3) months of the last day of the current Offer Period, the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account during the Offer Period, but not yet used to exercise the option, will be applied to the purchase of common stock on the last day of the current Offer Period, unless the participant, or in the case of participant’s death, the person or persons entitled to the participant’s account balance,


withdraws from the Stock Purchase Plan. In such a case, no further payroll deductions will be credited to the participant’s account following the participant’s termination of employment and the participant’s option under the Stock Purchase Plan will be automatically terminated after the purchase of common stock on the last day of the current Offer Period.

Death . In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Stock Purchase Plan who is living at the time of such participant’s death, the Bank shall deliver shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed to the knowledge of the Plan Administrator, then the Plan Administrator shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse (or domestic partner, as determined by the Plan Administrator) of the participant, or if no spouse (or domestic partner) is known to the Plan Administrator, then to the issue of the participant, such distribution to be made by the law of descent and distribution.

Nontransferability of Options . Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option to receive shares under the Stock Purchase Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or by designation of a beneficiary as discussed above. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Plan Administrator may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offer Period as discussed above.

Adjustments . In the event of any change in the Bank’s capitalization, such as a stock split, reverse stock split or stock dividend, which results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock without receipt of consideration by the Bank, or as the Plan Administrator may determine, in its discretion an appropriate adjustment shall be made in the number of shares under the Stock Purchase Plan, the number of shares covered by each option which have not yet been exercised, the number of shares which have been authorized for issuance but not yet placed under option and the price per share covered by each outstanding option. Except as the Plan Administrator determines, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of common stock covered by each option under the Stock Purchase Plan which have not yet been exercised, the number of shares of common stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan, but not yet placed under option or the Purchase Price.

Reorganization of the Bank and Other Corporate Transactions . Upon completion of the reorganization of the Bank previously approved by the shareholders pursuant to which BankGuam Holding Company shall become the parent of the Bank, the all outstanding options, if any, under the Stock Purchase Plan shall be converted into options to purchase shares of the common stock of BankGuam Holding Company. Subsequently, all options granted after the consummation of the reorganization shall be options to purchase shares of the common stock of BankGuam Holding Company. Similarly, all shares in the share reserve of the Stock Purchase Plan shall be converted into shares of BankGuam Holding Company. BankGuam Holding Company shall be the entity granting rights under the Stock Purchase Plan.


In addition, if at any time in the future after the reorganization of the Bank, any of the following specified transactions should occur (although the Bank is not at this time contemplating any such transaction) outstanding options under the Stock Purchase Plan shall be assumed or the Plan Administrator shall shorten the Offer Period then in progress and participants’ accumulated payroll deductions shall be used to purchase shares of common stock immediately prior to the transaction and the participants’ rights under the Offer Period shall terminate immediately following the transaction. For these purposes, the specified transactions are:, (1) a dissolution liquidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank; (2) a merger or consolidation in which the Bank is not the surviving entity; or (3) a reverse merger in which the Bank is not the surviving entity but the shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

Amendment and Termination of the Stock Purchase Plan . The Plan Administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the Stock Purchase Plan without approval of the shareholders; provided, however, that shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the Stock Purchase Plan for which shareholder approval would be required under applicable law, as in effect at the time. However, no action by the Plan Administrator or shareholders may alter or impair any option previously granted under the Stock Purchase Plan without the consent of affected participants. Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during Offer Periods, change the length of Offer Periods, determine whether subsequent Offer Periods shall be consecutive or overlapping, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable foreign jurisdictions, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Bank’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of common stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant’s compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable and which are consistent with the Stock Purchase Plan. I

CERTAIN FEDERAL TAX INFORMATION

A participant who disposes of any shares received pursuant to the Stock Purchase Plan within two years after the first day of the Offer Period during which the participant purchased such shares or within one year after the date the shares are purchased (a “disqualifying disposition”) will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disqualifying disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were delivered to the participant over the price which the participant paid for the shares. A participant who disposes of any shares received pursuant to the Stock Purchase Plan at any time after the expiration of the 2-year and 1-year holding periods described above will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only


at the time of such disposition, and such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which the participant paid for the shares, or (ii) fifteen percent (15%) of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offer Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain. The Bank will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount as the ordinary income recognized by a participant in the event of a disqualifying disposition with respect to shares acquired upon exercise of an option. Otherwise, the Bank will not be entitled to a tax deduction with respect to the optionee’s disposition of the purchased shares. The foregoing summary of the federal income tax consequences of Stock Purchase Plan transactions is based upon federal income tax laws in effect on the date of this Proxy Statement. This summary does not purport to be complete, and does not discuss foreign, territorial, state or local tax consequences.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

The Board has approved the Stock Purchase Plan; however, continuance of the Stock Purchase Plan is subject to approval by the shareholders of the Bank. The number of purchases, if any, to be made after approval of the Stock Purchase Plan to specific employees or groups thereof, cannot currently be determined.

BOARD RECOMMENDATION AND SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED

The Board of Directors has approved the adoption of the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to the requisite approval by the Bank’s shareholders. The Board of Directors of the Bank recommends that the Bank’s shareholders approve and adopt the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of common stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting is required to approve and adopt the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. If such approval is obtained, the Stock Purchase Plan will become effective upon the date of the Annual Meeting. Should such shareholder approval not be obtained, then the Stock Purchase Plan will not become effective.

Shares held by persons who abstain from voting on the proposal and broker “non-votes” will not be voted for or against the proposal. Shares held by persons abstaining and broker “non-votes” will be counted in determining whether a quorum is present for purposes of voting on the proposal. Abstentions will have the same effect as a vote against the matter but broker non-votes will not be counted for this purpose. The persons designated in the enclosed Proxy will vote your shares FOR approval of the resolution unless instructions to the contrary are indicated in the enclosed Proxy.

PROPOSAL THREE

VOTE ON A NONBINDING RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE COMPENSATION

OF THE BANK’S NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Section 951 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) provides shareholders the opportunity to vote to approve, on an advisory (non-


binding) basis, the compensation of the Bank’s named executive officers, as described in the Summary Compensation Table contained in the section found above in this Proxy Statement titled Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis. This proposal, commonly known as a “Say on Pay” proposal, provides our shareholders the opportunity to express their views on our executive compensation program, as it relates to our named executive officers. This vote is not intended to address any specific item of compensation, but rather the overall compensation of our named executive officers and the policies and practices described in this Proxy Statement.

Therefore, the Board of Directors asks that our shareholders to indicate their support for our executive compensation program for our named executive officers and to vote FOR the following resolution at the Annual Meeting:

“RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the Bank’s named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K, including the Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion is hereby APPROVED.”

As an advisory vote, this proposal is not binding on the Board or its Ad Hoc Compensation Committee. However, the Board and its Ad Hoc Compensation Committee may, in each of their sole discretion, take into account the outcome of the vote when considering future executive compensation arrangements.

PROPOSAL FOUR

VOTE ON A NONBINDING RESOLUTION TO RECOMMEND THE FREQUENCY WITH

WHICH SHAREHOLDERS SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE AN ADVISORY VOTE ON

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Dodd-Frank Act also contains a provision that entitles shareholders the opportunity to vote on how frequently they will engage in a non-binding vote on executive compensation. Shareholders may vote on a non-binding advisory basis, to recommend that the shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation occur every year, every two years, every three years or abstain.

As noted in the discussion above in Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis, because of the Bank’s location, it cannot readily draw from the available pool of experienced officers that typically is available to mainland banks to manage the affairs of the Bank. To implement the compensation objectives of the Board, the Bank has entered into employment agreements with its named executive officers that it believes rewards performance as measured against established goals. This enables the Bank to better retain key executives to manage its affairs and to comply with the numerous Guam and federal laws and regulations in order to ensure the safety and soundness of the funds entrusted to it for safekeeping.

The Board of Directors recommends that the shareholders vote to recommend that the shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation occur once every THREE YEARS.

The Board of Directors believes that a vote every three years is an appropriate frequency to provide the Board our management sufficient time to consider shareholders’ input and to implement any appropriate changes to our executive compensation program. Considering our focus on long-term value creation, and the timing that


might be required to implement changes, the Board of Directors believes that an advisory vote once every three years would be the most effective choice.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative stockholder return on the Common Stock from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2010 with the cumulative returns of both a broad based market index and a United States based peer group index. The broad based index is the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S. Companies) Index and the United States based peer group index is the NASDAQ Bank Stock Index for United States Banks. Although Guam is a territory of the United States, its economy does not parallel the United States economy. Guam is influenced by the economies of Asia, particularly Japan. However, Guam does not have an index of publicly traded companies, nor does it have a banking index. Consequently, the Bank has chosen indexes that don’t necessarily reflect the competitiveness of its stocks in its local market. Certain factors, such as supertyphoons and a recession in Japan, had little or limited effect on the Indexes chosen, while having a significant effect on the local economy and the Bank.

The shares of the Bank were voluntarily delisted from the Archipelago Exchange on August 2004. They are now traded privately among individual shareholders and investors. Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is the Bank’s Registrar, Stock Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent.

LOGO

 

    

FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

 
     2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010  

NASDAQ Stock Market (US Companies)

   $ 100       $ 110       $ 119       $ 57       $ 83       $ 98   

NASDAQ Bank Stocks

   $ 100       $ 112       $ 89       $ 65       $ 54       $ 64   

Bank of Guam

   $ 100       $ 111       $ 106       $ 111       $ 96       $ 110   

INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth for each director, principal officer, and principal security holder (those owning of record or beneficially more than 5% of the Bank’s common stock) and their associates who were indebted to the Bank at any time since January 1, 2010, in the aggregate amount in excess of 10% of the equity capital accounts of the Bank or $5,000,000, whichever is less, at the time of the indebtedness and the aggregate extension of credit to the specified persons as a group.


Name of Individual or

Number of Persons in

Group & Relationship

  

Item

  

High
Indebtedness
for 2010

    

Balance
(2/28/11)

    

Percent of
Indebtedness
to Equity
Capital Accts
(2/28/11)

 

Joseph M. Crisostomo 39

   Commercial/    $ 11,557,000       $ 11,224,000         13.27

Director

   Real Estate         

Roger P. Crouthamel 40

   Commercial/
 
   $ 6,130,000       $ 5,320,000         6.29

Director

   Real Estate         

All Directors,

   Commercial/    $ 23,869,000       $ 22,055,000      

26.08%

           

Principal Officers

   Real Estate/         

and 10% Shareholders

   Consumer/         

as a Group

   Participation         

All extensions of credit made to any director, principal officer, security holder and their associates were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, collateral and

 

39  

The following affiliated entities of Mr. Crisostomo have commercial and real estate loans outstanding with the Bank as listed below:

 

Name of Individual or

Number of Persons in

Group & Relationship

  

Item

  

High
Indebtedness
for 2010

    

Balance
(2/28/11)

    

Percent of
Indebtedness

to Equity
Capital Accts
(2/28/11)

 

Cars Plus, LLC &

           

Cycles Plus LLC,

   Real Estate    $ 7,169,000       $ 7,022,000         8.30 %  

Rentals Plus, LLC

   Commercial    $ 1,200,000       $ 1,000,000         1.18 %  

Cars Plus, LLC

   Commercial    $ 1,500,000       $ 1,500,000         1.77 %  

Cycles Plus, LLC

   Commercial    $ 1,150,000       $ 1,150,000         1.36 %  

Pacific Auto Leasing LLC

   Commercial    $ 500,000       $ 500,000         .59 %  

Guarantor of Ralph C. Muna

   Commercial    $ 13,000       $ 11,000         .01 %  

Guarantor of Gene Morrison

   Commercial      0       $ 14,000         .02 %  

 

40  

The following affiliated entities of Mr. Crouthamel have commercial and real estate loans outstanding with the Bank as listed below:

 

Name of Individual or

Number of Persons in

        High
Indebtedness
     Balance      Percent of
Indebtedness
to Equity
Capital Accts
 

Group & Relationship

  

Item

  

for 2010

    

(2/28/11)

    

(2/28/11)

 

John Kerr Grandchildren’s Trust

   Real Estate    $ 471,000       $ 439,000         .52 %  

Guam Fast Food, Inc.

   Commercial    $ 242,000       $ 201,000         .24 %  

Macheche Plaza

   Real Estate    $ 511,000       $ 477,000         .56 %  

LKC Development Inc.

   Commercial    $ 200,000         0      

Chamorro Gardens

   Commercial/Real Estate    $ 1,280,000       $ 1,244,000         1.47

Travel Pacificana

   Commercial    $ 190,000       $ 190,000         .22

Bristol Enterprises and Sports Concepts, Inc.

   Commercial    $ 164,000       $ 140,000         .16

Visto Chino Development, LLC

   Commercial    $ 1,796,000       $ 1,771,000         2.09


repayment terms, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other than the above-mentioned persons, were made in the ordinary course of business, and such extensions of credit did not involve and presently do not involve more than a normal risk of collectibility or other unfavorable features, including the restructuring of an extension of credit, or a delinquency as to payment of interest or principal.

In the future, the Bank expects to have banking transactions in the ordinary course of its business with directors, officers, principal security holders, and their associates, on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with others, and not involving more than a normal risk of collectibility or other unfavorable features.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, made applicable to the Bank by Section 12(i) of the Exchange Act, requires each director, principal officer and principal shareholder (those owning of record or beneficially more than 10% of any class of the Bank’s stock) and their associates to timely file reports of ownership and changes of ownership with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The determination of timeliness is based solely upon the Bank’s review of the relevant forms filed through the Bank during fiscal year 2010. Based solely on a review of the forms it has received and on written representations from certain reporting persons that no such forms were required for them, the Bank believes that, during 2010 all Section 16 filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were complied with by such persons, except for the following.

 

     No. of Late      No. of Transactions      No. of Failure  

Name

   Reports      Reported Late      to File  

Ms. Frances L.G. Borja

     1         1         0   

Mr. Martin D. Leon Guerrero

     1         1         0   

Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero

     1         1         0   

SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

During the fiscal year 2010, the Bank engaged the certified public accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP, as its independent public accountants, to render certain professional services. In addition to performing its annual audit of the Bank, Deloitte & Touche LLP rendered the following non-audit professional services: (1) review of corporate income tax return, and (2) review of amendments to corporate income tax returns.

Before each professional service provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP was rendered, such service was approved by, and the possible effect on the independence of Deloitte & Touche LLP was considered by the Audit Committee.

A representative of Deloitte & Touche LLP may be present at the annual meeting to make a statement and to respond to appropriate questions that may be asked by Shareholders.

Audit Fees

In 2010 the Bank has been billed a total of approximately $161,000 by Deloitte & Touche LLP for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Bank


has been billed a total of approximately $100,000 (of the $217,000 contracted amount) by Deloitte & Touche LLP, for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements. This figure does not include an additional amount of approximately $15,000 to $20,000 in out of pocket expenses to be incurred for Partner visits to Guam of which the Bank has been billed a total of $6,892 of such expenses.

Audit-Related Fees

The Bank has not incurred any expense nor has it been billed for any other audit-related services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP in 2010.

Tax Fees

The Bank has been billed a total of approximately $4,500 by Deloitte & Touche LLP, for professional services rendered for the review of our 2009 income tax returns. The Bank expects to incur approximately $4,500 for the review of our 2010 income tax returns.

All Other Fees

As to other non-audit services provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP in 2010, the Bank contracted Deloitte & Touche LLP to conduct an audit of the Bank’s 401(k) Plan in the amount of $11,500 and $8,500 to audit the Schedule of Common Area Maintenance charges required by lease agreements of Bank premises to various tenants in the Bank’s Headquarters Building in Hagatna, Guam and the Garapan Branch in Saipan, Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands. In 2010 the Bank paid Deloitte & Touche LLP $154,808 to conduct Special Professional Services related to a due diligence. The Audit Committee determined that such non-audit services did not affect the auditor’s independence.

Other Matters

The Board of Directors is not aware of any other matters to be presented for action at the Annual Meeting other than the matters set forth in this Proxy Statement. If any other matters are properly brought before that meeting, the persons named in the accompanying Proxy will have the authority to vote thereon in accordance with their discretion.

Proposals of Shareholders for 2012 Annual Meeting

Shareholders may present proposals which are proper subjects for consideration at the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Bank for inclusion in the proxy materials relating to that meeting. These proposals must be submitted in writing to the Bank of Guam, Post Office Box BW, Hagåtña, Guam 96932, Attention: Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, President and Chair of the Board or Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero, Executive Vice President/Chief Operating Officer. The proposals must be received by the Bank by December 10, 2011 in order to be included in the proxy materials for the 2012 Annual Meeting. Any proposals of shareholders not to be included in the proxy materials and received after February 25, 2012, will be deemed to be received in an untimely fashion and proxies granted hereunder will be voted at the discretion of Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero or Mr. William D. Leon Guerrero.


Annual Report

The Annual Report of the Bank of Guam for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, is enclosed with this Proxy Statement. Such Report is not regarded as a part of this Proxy Statement.

A COPY OF THE BANK’S 2010 ANNUAL REPORT TO THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION ON FORM 10-K MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO MS. LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, PRESIDENT, BANK OF GUAM, P.O. BOX BW, HAGÅTÑA, GUAM 96932, WITHOUT ANY CHARGE TO THE PERSON SO SOLICITING.

April 11, 2011

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

/s/ Martin D. Leon Guerrero

Martin D. Leon Guerrero, Asst. Secretary


EXHIBIT B

FIRST AMENDED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 12 th day of February 2009 and amends a certain Employment Agreement dated the 1 st day of January 2008 by and between BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation (herein called the “Bank”) and LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, (herein called the “President”) (herein called “Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties the Agreement, is hereby amended as follows:

1. Employment . Bank hereby designates and employs President, and President hereby accepts employment with Bank, as its President and Chief Executive Officer.

2. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term commencing from January 1, 2008, and terminating on December 31, 2012.

3. Duties . President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors of said Bank, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Bank. President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the By-Laws. In connection therewith, upon direction of the Board of Directors, President shall make necessary and reasonable business trips for which she will be reimbursed or expenses will be provided in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Board of Directors.


Included herewith shall be trips to visit with officials of correspondent banks and technical seminars as may be available.

4. Extent of Services . President shall devote her full time, attention and energy to the business of Bank and shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any other business activities, unless such activities are reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Bank not to be in competition or in conflict with the commercial banking business of Bank.

5. Base Compensation . As regular compensation for President’s services hereunder, Bank shall pay President an annual base salary of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($250, 000.00) during each year of the term hereof, payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly (herein called “Base Compensation”).

6. Adjustments to Base Compensation . The Base Compensation shall be adjusted annually to reflect the increase, if any, in the cost-of-living by adding thereto an amount obtained by multiplying the Base Compensation by the percentage of which the level of the Consumer Price Index for the United States has increased over its level as of the date of commencement of the term of Agreement (herein called, together with Base Compensation, the “Adjusted Base Compensation”).

Following the end of each year of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after the release of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics of the figures for such year, Bank shall pay to the President the amount of any additional compensation to which she is entitled as a result of such cost-of-living adjustment.

7. Incentive Bonus . As an incentive to President for her continuing services and contributions to the growth and profitability of Bank, President shall be paid, in addition to her Adjusted Base Compensation, an Incentive Bonus as follows:


(a) Subject to the quarterly adjustments at Section 8 below, an amount equal to two percent (2%) of current net profits of the Bank after taxes or Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), which ever is less, payable in capital stocks of the Bank or in cash, or combination, at the option of President. The maximum amount shall be subject to review by the Board of Directors of Bank annually and appropriate adjustments shall then be made.

(b) The Incentive Bonus shall be computed and payable quarterly, within fifteen (15) days following each quarter except that each of the first quarterly payments of the Incentive Bonus shall be subject to adjustment, either increase or decrease, depending on the Bank’s final audited financial statements of the preceding year by the Bank’s independent accountants.

(c) At the option of the President, the Board of Directors are authorized to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable by receiving, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the amount deferred, coupled with an option to purchase at the then fair market value three (3) shares of the Common Stock of the Bank of Guam for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted.

(d) President shall have the right to (1) continue to hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “ Dividend Equivalent ”); or (2) tender her Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value; or (3) exercise her Stock Options. Upon tender by President of her Phantom Stock Units for cash she will forfeit her rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of her Stock Options she will forfeit her rights to the Phantom Stock Units and the Dividend Equivalents.


8. Adjustments To Bonus . On an annual basis, the President shall submit an annual budget and strategic plan to the Board. Based upon the criteria contained within the budget and strategic plan, the Incentive Bonus of the President shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis as follows:

(a) If the then current Return on Equity (ROE) of the Bank is below the preceding three-year average ROE of the Bank, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(b) If the then current Return on Assets (ROA) of the Bank is less than that of the Bank’s peer group as published in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) Uniform Bank Performance Report, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(c) If the then current Bank’s FDIC Commercial Examination Composite Rating (FDIC Rating) is 2 or better, there shall be no reduction to the Incentive Bonus; if the FDIC Rating is 3, then Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%); if the FDIC Rating is 4, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%); if the FDIC Rating is 5, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by one-hundred percent (100%);

(d) If the then current Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital of the Bank plus the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is greater than twenty-five percent (25%), then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(e) If the Efficiency Ratio of the Bank does not meet the following goals of the Bank, the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by five percent (5%):


Year

   Goal  

2008

     75

2009

     75

2010

     70

2011

     65

2012

     65

For purposes of this Section 8, the ROA, ROE, FDIC Rating, Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Efficiency Ratio shall all be derived from any report of management submitted to the Board of Directors at the Board Meeting immediately preceding the date of any adjustment. If any dispute arises as to the calculations of any of such figures, the Ad Hoc Compensation Committee, subject to Board approval, shall make the sole determination of such figures using whatever resources the Committee shall deem reasonably necessary. Attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof by this reference as Exhibit A, is a worksheet, which shall be used by the Bank to calculate the Incentive Bonus of the President

9. Other Compensation or Benefits . In addition to the Adjusted Base Compensation and Incentive Bonus and any other compensation provided hereunder, Bank shall provide President with the following:

(a) A one-month vacation, at full pay.

(b) A health insurance, an accident insurance and disability insurance of a type and in an amount generally made available by Bank to its executive employees, at Bank’s sole cost and expense.

(c) A group term life insurance that is generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. As additional consideration for the making of this Agreement by the President, the Bank agrees that such policy shall at Bank’s sole cost and expense be maintained in full force and effect at all times from the date hereof, if conditions of Bank’s group insurance coverage permit, during the remaining life of the President, and until her death, notwithstanding and regardless of the conclusion of term of this Agreement, the termination of employment of the President by the Bank in the capacity of President or any change in the capacity


of her employment or the terms or conditions thereof, and without any condition whatsoever other than the making of this Agreement.

(d) A motor vehicle, at Bank’s sole cost and expense, together with comprehensive insurance including public liability, in amounts not less than the amount required by law. All reasonable operating expenses shall be paid by Bank.

(e) A membership in a golf and country club located within the Bank’s service area, at Bank’s sole cost and expense. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank’s obligation to pay the fixed monthly dues for such membership shall cease and the ownership of such membership shall vest in the President, provided, however, that President continues to pay such fixed monthly dues from the date of termination.

(f) Free utilities—power, water, sewer, telephone—at the President’s primary residence.

(g) A life insurance on such terms as is mutually agreeable between the parties, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00.

(h) A bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.

10. Business Expenses . Bank shall pay or reimburse President upon submission of an itemized account by her for all reasonable business expenses incurred by President in promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business of Bank, including, but not limited to expenses for travel, meals, hotel accommodations, entertainment, gifts and the like.

11. Payments Following Disability . Upon the permanent disability of the President, Bank shall pay to the President, or her assigns, the Adjusted Base Compensation, together with all Incentive Bonuses, for the remainder of the term of this Contract.


12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, including any successor entity to Bank by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise, and to the President, and when applicable, to her heirs, successors and assigns.

13. Retirement Plans . President may participate in any retirement plan of Bank and to receive payments thereunder.

14. Non-Assumption . The services to be performed by President under this Agreement are personal to her, and may not be assumed by any other party except with Bank’s prior written consent.

15. Entire Agreement . The making and execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto have been induced by no representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those expressed herein. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties, and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically referred to herein by reference.

16. Amendments . This Agreement and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is or would be sought and without the necessity of additional consideration.

17. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given or served for all purposes when personally delivered to the party to whom it is directed, or in lieu of such personal service, if received by certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, at the following addresses:


If to Bank at:    P.O. Box BW
   Hagatna, Guam 96910
If to President at:    P.O. Box 11031
   Tamuning, Guam 96931

Either party may change the address provided above by giving written notice of such change to the other party as herein provided.

18. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Law . This Agreement shall be governed under and construed in accordance with the law of Guam.

20. Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover, and the other party thereto agrees to pay, costs and expenses in connection therewith including reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and expenses.

21. Board Approval . This Contract is made pursuant to the Resolution of the Board of Directors adopted unanimously at its regular monthly meeting on December 26, 2007.

22. Headings . The headings of this sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only and shall in no way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above mentioned.


BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation
(herein called the “Bank”)
By:  

/s/ Martin D. Leon Guerrero

  Its Authorized Representative
 

/s/ Lourdes A, Leon Guerrero

  LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO
  (herein called the “President”)


EXHIBIT C

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 11 th day of February 2009 by and between BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation (herein called the “Bank”) and WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO (herein called the “Executive Vice President”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties to the Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Employment . Bank hereby designates and employs Executive Vice President, and Executive Vice President hereby accepts employment with Bank, as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.

2. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term commencing retroactively from June 1, 2008, and terminating on May 31, 2013.

3. Duties . Executive Vice President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, and shall be subject to the control of the Board of Directors of said Bank, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Bank. Executive Vice President shall have the general powers, duties of management usually vested in the office of the Executive Vice President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers, and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the By-Laws. In connection therewith, upon direction of the Board of Directors, Executive Vice President shall make necessary and reasonable business trips for which he will be reimbursed or expenses will be provided in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Board of Directors. Included herewith shall be trips to visit with officials of correspondent banks and technical seminars as may be available.


4. Extent of Services . Executive Vice President shall devote his full time, attention and energy to the business of Bank and shall not during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any other business activities, unless such activities are reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Bank not to be in competition or in conflict with the commercial banking business of Bank.

5. Base Compensation . As regular compensation for Executive Vice President’s services hereunder, Bank shall pay President an annual base salary of Two Hundred Ten Thousand Dollars ($210,000.00) during each year of the term hereof, payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly (herein called “Base Compensation”).

6. Adjustments to Base Compensation . The Base Compensation shall be adjusted annually to reflect the increase, if any, in the cost-of-living by adding thereto an amount obtained by multiplying the Base Compensation by the percentage of which the level of the Consumer Price Index for the United States has increased over its level as of the date of commencement of the term of Agreement (herein called, together with Base Compensation, the “Adjusted Base Compensation”).

Following the end of each year of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after the release of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics of the figures for such year, Bank shall pay to the Executive Vice President the amount of any additional compensation to which he is entitled as a result of such cost-of-living adjustment.

7. Incentive Bonus . As an incentive to Executive Vice President for his continuing services and contributions to the growth and profitability of Bank, Executive Vice President shall be paid, in addition to his Adjusted Base Compensation, an Incentive Bonus as follows:


(a) Subject to the quarterly adjustments at Section 8 below, an amount equal to one hundred seventy five basis points (1.75%) of current net profits of the Bank after taxes or One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00), which ever is less, payable in capital stocks of the Bank or in cash, or combination, at the option of President. The maximum amount shall be subject to review by the Board of Directors of Bank annually and appropriate adjustments shall then be made.

(b) The Incentive Bonus shall be computed and payable quarterly, within fifteen (15) days following each quarter except that each of the first quarterly payments of the Incentive Bonus shall be subject to adjustment, either increase or decrease, depending on the Bank’s final audited financial statements of the preceding year by the Bank’s independent accountants.

(c) At the option of the Executive Vice President, the Board of Directors are authorized to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable by receiving, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the amount deferred, coupled with an option to purchase at the then fair market value three (3) shares of the Common Stock of the Bank of Guam for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted.

(d) Executive Vice President shall have the right to (1) continue to hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “ Dividend Equivalent ”); or (2) tender his Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value; or (3) exercise his Stock Options. Upon tender by Executive Vice President of his Phantom Stock Units for cash he will forfeit his rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of his Stock Options he will forfeit his rights to the Phantom Stock Units and the Dividend Equivalents.


8. Adjustments To Bonus . On an annual basis, the Executive Vice President shall submit an annual budget and strategic plan to the Board. Based upon the criteria contained within the budget and strategic plan, the Incentive Bonus of the Executive Vice President shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis as follows:

(a) If the then current Return on Equity (ROE) of the Bank is below the preceding three-year average ROE of the Bank, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(b) If the then current Return on Assets (ROA) of the Bank is less than that of the Bank’s peer group as published in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) Uniform Bank Performance Report, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(c) If the then current Bank’s FDIC Commercial Examination Commercial Examination Composite Rating (FDIC Rating) is 2 or better, there shall be no reduction to the Incentive Bonus; if the FDIC Rating is 3, then Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%); if the FDIC Rating is 4, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%); if the FDIC Rating is 5, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by one-hundred percent (100%);

(d) If the then current Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital of the Bank plus the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is greater than twenty-five percent (25%), then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);

(e) If the Efficiency Ratio of the Bank does not meet the following goals of the Bank, the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by five percent (5%):


Year

   Goal  

2009

     75

2010

     70

2011

     65

2012

     65

2113

     65

For purposes of this Section 8, the ROA, ROE, FDIC Rating, Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Efficiency Ratio shall all be derived from any report of management submitted to the Board of Directors at the Board Meeting immediately preceding the date of any adjustment. If any dispute arises as to the calculations of any of such figures, the Ad Hoc Compensation Committee, subject to Board approval, shall make the sole determination of such figures using whatever resources the Committee shall deem reasonably necessary. Attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof by this reference as Exhibit A, is a worksheet, which shall be used by the Bank to calculate the Incentive Bonus of the Executive Vice President

9. Other Compensation or Benefits . In addition to the Adjusted Base Compensation and Incentive Bonus and any other compensation provided hereunder, Bank shall provide Executive Vice President with the following:

(a) A one-month vacation, at full pay.

(b) A health insurance, an accident insurance and disability insurance of a type and in an amount generally made available by Bank to its executive employees, at Bank’s sole cost and expense.

(c) A group term life insurance that is generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. As additional consideration for the making of this Agreement by the Executive Vice President, the Bank agrees that such policy shall at Bank’s sole cost and expense, be maintained in full force and effect at all times from the date hereof, if conditions of Bank’s group insurance coverage permit, during the remaining life of the Executive Vice President, and until his death, notwithstanding and regardless of the conclusion of term of this Agreement, the termination of employment of the Executive Vice President by the Bank in the


capacity of Executive Vice President or any change in the capacity of his employment or the terms or conditions thereof, and without any condition whatsoever other than the making of this Agreement.

(d) A motor vehicle, at Bank’s sole cost and expense, together with comprehensive insurance including public liability, in amounts not less than the amount required by law. All reasonable operating expenses shall be paid by Bank.

(e) A membership in a golf and country club located within the Bank’s service area, at Bank’s sole cost and expense. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank’s obligation to pay the fixed monthly dues for such membership shall cease and the ownership of such membership shall vest in the Executive Vice President, provided, however, that Executive Vice President continues to pay such fixed monthly dues from the date of termination.

(f) Free utilities—power, water, sewer, telephone—at the Executive Vice President’s primary residence.

(g) A life insurance on such terms as is mutually agreeable between the parties, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00.

(h) A bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.

10. Business Expenses . Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive Vice President upon submission of an itemized account by him for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive Vice President in promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business of Bank, including, but not limited to expenses for travel, meals, hotel accommodations, entertainment, gifts and the like.


11. Payments Following Disability . Upon the permanent disability of the Executive Vice President, Bank shall pay to the Executive Vice President, or his assigns, the Adjusted Base Compensation, together with all Incentive Bonuses, for the remainder of the term of this Contract.

12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, including any successor entity to Bank by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise, and to the Executive Vice President, and when applicable, to his heirs, successors and assigns.

13. Retirement Plans . Executive Vice President may participate in any retirement plan of Bank and to receive payments thereunder.

14. Non-Assumption . The services to be performed by Executive Vice President under this Agreement are personal to him, and may not be assumed by any other party except with Bank’s prior written consent.

15. Entire Agreement . The making and execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto have been induced by no representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those expressed herein. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties, and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically referred to herein by reference.

16. Amendments . This Agreement and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is or would be sought and without the necessity of additional consideration.

17. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given or served for all purposes when personally delivered to the party to whom it is


directed, or in lieu of such personal service, if received by certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, at the following addresses:

 

If to Bank at:

  P.O. Box BW
  Hagatna, Guam 96910

If to Executive Vice President at:

  P.O. Box 92
  Hagatna, Guam 96932

Either party may change the address provided above by giving written notice of such change to the other party as herein provided.

18. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Law . This Agreement shall be governed under and construed in accordance with the law of Guam.

20. Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover, and the other party thereto agrees to pay, costs and expenses in connection therewith including reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and expenses.

21. Headings . The headings of this sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only and shall in no way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above mentioned.

 

BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation
(herein called the “Bank”)

By:

 

  /s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

  Its Authorized Representative

/s/ William D. Leon Guerrero

WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO
(herein called the “Executive Vice President”)


EXHIBIT D

Certification Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

I, Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bank of Guam (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 14, 2011      

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

      Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero
      President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT E

Certification Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

I, Francisco M. Atalig, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bank of Guam (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 14, 2011      
     

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

      Francisco M. Atalig
      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


FRANK M. ATALIG

Senior Vice President

Chief Financial Officer

Tel: (671) 472-5268 / Fax: (671) 477-0551

LOGO

March 14, 2011

Registration & Disclosure Unit

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

1776 F Street, N.W.

Room 259

Washington, D.C. 20006

 

Re: Form 10-K (formerly Form F-2) – 2010

Gentlemen:

Please find attached Bank of Guam’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. Three copies (one with original signatures) are included in a package being sent to your office via courier service.

Should you have any questions, please contact me at any of the following numbers:

 

Work:    (671) 472-5267 (direct line)
   (671) 472-5268 (secretary)
   (671) 477-0551 (telefax)
Home:    (671) 632-1311

Please do not hesitate to contact me at home because of the time difference between Guam and D.C.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

Francisco M. Atalig
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

 

cc: William D. Leon Guerrero

Executive Vice President/Chief Operating Officer

Danilo Rapadas

SVP/General Counsel & Chief Risk Officer

Exhibit 99.02

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2011

FDIC CERTIFICATE NO. 20884

BANK OF GUAM

GUAM

96-0002144

P.O. BOX BW

HAGATNA, GUAM

96910

Telephone: (671) 472-5300

Indicate by check mark whether the bank (1) has filed all reports

required to be filed by section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during

the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the bank was

required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing

requirements for the past 90 days.

x   YES     ¨   NO


Part I. Financial Information.

Item 1 - Financial Statements.

Bank of Guam

STATEMENT OF CONDITION ($ in thousands)

As of March 31, 2011, December 31, 2010

 

    

March

2011

   

December

2010

 

ASSETS

    

Cash & Due from Banks

   $ 38,021      $ 32,102   

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

     57,476        60,526   

Investment securities

     238,193        221,876   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell

     10,000        10,000   

Loans

     632,652        620,547   

Less allowance for possible loan losses

     (9,426     (9,408
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOANS

     623,226        611,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

     7,154        6,723   

Premises and equipment

     18,392        18,713   

Other assets

     29,939        29,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,022,401      $ 990,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

DEPOSITS

    

Noninterest bearing

   $ 245,564      $ 232,956   

Interest bearing

     678,427        656,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL DEPOSITS

     923,991        889,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank borrowing

     10,000        15,000   

Accrued interest payable

     246        233   

Other liabilities

     3,655        1,741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     937,892        906,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Capital stock at $0.2083 par value

    

Authorized 48,000,000 shares

    

Issued and outstanding:

    

2010 - 8,714,116 shares

    

3/11 - 8,732,195 shares

     1,834        1,830   

Paid-in surplus

     13,809        13,683   

Treasury Stock (32,176 shares)

     (290     (290

Retained earnings

     70,862        70,532   

Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)

     (1,706     (1,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     84,509        84,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 1,022,401      $ 990,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


Bank of Guam

STATEMENT OF INCOME ($ in thousands)

For the Quarters and Periods Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

 

     March
2011
     March
2010
 

Interest income:

     

Interest and fees on loans

     

Taxable

     10,243         9,399   

Exempt from income tax

     987         594   

Interest on deposits in other banks

     103         156   

Interest on investment securities

     1,186         1,649   

Interest on Federal funds sold

     3         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     12,522         11,803   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

     

Time deposits

     111         191   

Savings deposits

     1,137         1,373   

Other borrowed funds

     130         157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,378         1,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     11,144         10,080   

Provision for loan losses

     975         725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     10,169         9,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating income:

     

Service charges and fees

     915         821   

Investment securities gains, net

     190         13   

Dividend Income

     —           —     

Other income

     1,422         1,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating income

     2,527         2,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating expenses:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     5,321         4,809   

Occupancy

     1,365         1,352   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     1,244         1,350   

General, administrative and other expenses

     2,977         3,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating expenses

     10,907         10,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income before income taxes

     1,789         1,145   

Provision for income taxes

     366         259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     1,423         886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Bank of Guam

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL ACCOUNTS ($ in thousands)

For the period ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

 

     March
2011
    March
2010
 

Capital Stock:

    

Treasury Stocks:

    

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (290   $ (290

(32,176 shares at 9/30/11 and 9/30/10)

    

Shares in Treasury

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (290     (290
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     1,830        1,820   

(8,714,116 and 8,669,487 at 12/31/10 and 12/31/09, respectively)

    

Treasury Stock, net

    

Exercise of stock options and grant of stock bonus

     4        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(6,293 and 6,838 shares issued, respectively)

    

Balance at end of period

     1,834        1,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(8,732,195 and 8,680,530 at 3/31/11 and 3/31/10, respectively)

    

Capital Surplus:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     13,683        13,357   

Shares issued

    

Exercise of stock options and grant of stock bonus

     125        78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     13,808        13,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain income:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     (1,403     (1,781

Change in unrealized (loss) gain on securities avaiable-for-sale, net of tax effects

     (304     799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (1,707     (982
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained Earnings:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     70,532        67,789   

Net income

     1,423        886   

Treasury Stock, net

    

Cash dividends declared

     (1,092     (1,086
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     70,864        67,589   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 84,509      $ 81,575   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


Item 2 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Results of Operations

Bank of Guam’s total resources as of first quarter 2011 increased by $31.8 million (up 3.21%) to $1.022 billion from $990.6 million at December 31, 2010. This increase is largely attributed to the growth in our Investment Securities portfolio, which increased $16.3 million to $238.2 million at March 31, 2011 (up 7.35%) from $221.9 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, there was an increase in our Loan portfolio, which increased $12.1 million to $623.2 million at March 31, 2011, up 1.98% from $611.1 million at December 31, 2010.

Total liabilities for Bank of Guam recorded a strong growth closing the first quarter of 2011 at $937.9 million, up $31.6 million (or 3.49%) from $906.2 million at December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily attributed to an increase of $34.7 million (or 3.9%) in our Deposit portfolio from $889.3 million as of December 31, 2010 to $924.0 million as of March 31, 2011. This was offset by a $5 million decrease in Bank Borrowings from $15 million as of December 31, 2010 to $10 million as of first quarter 2011.

As of the first quarter of 2011, total shareholder’s equity stood at $84.5 million, up $157 thousand from $84.3 million at December 31, 2010. This slight increase is attributed to a $330 thousand increase in Retained Earnings and $126 in Paid in Surplus, coupled with a $303 thousand decrease in Accumulated Comprehensive Income.

Net income after taxes as of March 31, 2011 totaled $1.4 million, which was $537 thousand higher as of same time last year at $0.9 million. This increase in Net Income is largely attributed to the $814 thousand increase in Net Interest Income after Loan Loss Provision, $62 thousand increase in Other Operating Income, which was slightly offset by a $231 thousand increase in Other Operating Expenses and a $107 thousand increase in Provision for Income Taxes.


Bank of Guam

Selected Financial Data

 

     March 31
2011
    March 31
2010
 

Net Loans

     623,226        558,441   

Total Deposits

     923,991        860,007   

Core Deposits

     565,841        526,132   

Volatile Deposits

     358,151        333,875   

Asset Liquidity Measures

    

Percent of Total Assets

    

Cash & Due from Banks

     9.34     11.79

Fed Funds Sold

     0.98     1.56

Total Investments

     23.30     22.48

Percent of Total Deposits

    

Net Loans

     67.45     64.93

Liability Liquidity Measures

    

Percent of Total Liabilities

    

Total Deposits

     98.52     97.88

Percent of Total Deposits

    

Demand Deposits

     26.58     27.72

Interest Bearing Deposits

     73.42     72.28

Total Equity to Total Assets

     8.27     8.50

Core Deposits to Total Assets

     55.34     54.79

Core Deposits to Total Deposits

     61.24     61.18

Volatile Liabilities to Total Assets

     35.03     34.77

Volatile Liabilities to Total Deposits

     38.76     38.82

Reserve for Loan Losses to Total Assets

     0.92     0.96

Reserve for Loan Losses to Total Loans

     1.49     1.62

There are no substantial changes to the Bank’s liquidity position as indicated above. The Bank continues to maintain a positive liquidity position in terms of its asset and liability management.


Part II

Item 5 – Other Information

The Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of the Bank of Guam was held on May 2, 2011, in Hagåtña, Guam. Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, President/CEO and Chair of the Board, presided over the meeting. Of the 8,732,195 shares outstanding, represented in person or by proxy were 5,911,985 (67.70%) as of the record date of March 15, 2011.

Proposal for Election of Directors. The nominees to the Board of Directors of the Bank of Guam to serve as Directors for a term of three years, listed below, were elected by the Shareholders. The following schedule lists the number of shares cast for each nominee:

 

     Total
Votes For
     Total
Votes Withheld
 

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

     5,885,493         26,492   

Joaquin P.L.G. Cook

     5,886,225         25,760   

Martin D. Leon Guerrero

     5,887,125         24,860   

Joe T. San Agustin

     5,884,151         27,834   

Item 6 - Exhibits

Exhibit A Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit B Certification of Chief Financial Officer


Signatures

Under the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Bank has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Bank of Guam

 

By:   

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

    Date: 5/11/2011
   Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero    
   President/Chair of the Board    
By:   

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

    Date: 5/11/2011
   Francisco M. Atalig    
   SVP/Chief Financial Officer    
By:   

/s/ Lori C. Sablan

    Date: 5/11/2011
   Lori C. Sablan    
   VP/Controller    


Exhibit A

Certification Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

I, Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bank of Guam (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: May 11, 2011

 

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

President/Chair of the Board


Exhibit B

Certification Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

I, Francisco M. Atalig, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bank of Guam (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: May 11, 2011

 

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

Francisco M. Atalig

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 99.03

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2011

FDIC CERTIFICATE NO. 20884

BANK OF GUAM

GUAM

96-0002144

P.O. BOX BW

HAGATNA, GUAM

96910

Telephone: (671) 472-5300

Indicate by check mark whether the bank (1) has filed all reports

required to be filed by section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during

the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the bank was

required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing

requirements for the past 90 days.

     x   YES     ¨   NO


Part I. Financial Information.

Item 1 - Financial Statements.

STATEMENT OF CONDITION ($ in thousands)

As of June 30, 2011, December 31, and June 30, 2010

 

     June
2011
    December
2010
    June
2010
 

ASSETS

      

Cash & Due from Banks

   $ 32,096      $ 32,102      $ 23,689   

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

     52,173        60,526        77,872   

Investment securities

     269,269        221,876        208,893   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell

     5,000        10,000        7,500   

Loans

     615,930        620,547        619,337   

Less allowance for possible loan losses

     (10,040     (9,408     (9,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOANS

     605,890        611,139        610,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

     3,598        6,723        6,163   

Premises and equipment

     18,091        18,713        19,699   

Other assets

     39,487        29,522        30,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,025,604      $ 990,601      $ 984,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      

DEPOSITS

      

Noninterest bearing

   $ 255,399      $ 232,956      $ 221,769   

Interest bearing

     667,095        656,319        659,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL DEPOSITS

     922,494        889,275        881,188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank borrowing

     10,000        15,000        15,000   

Accrued interest payable

     250        233        330   

Other liabilities

     5,376        1,741        4,427   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     938,120        906,249        900,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Capital stock at $0.2083 par value

      

Authorized 48,000,000 shares

      

Issued and outstanding:

      

2010 - 8,714,116 shares

      

6/11 - 8,765,429 shares

     1,841        1,830        1,826   

Paid-in surplus

     14,010        13,683        13,554   

Treasury Stock (32,176 shares)

     (290     (290     (290

Retained earnings

     71,818        70,532        68,139   

Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)

     105        (1,403     466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     87,484        84,352        83,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 1,025,604      $ 990,601      $ 984,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


STATEMENT OF INCOME ($ in thousands)

For the Quarters and Periods Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

 

     June
2011
     YTD
June
2011
     June
2010
     YTD
June
2010
 

Interest income:

           

Interest and fees on loans

           

Taxable

     10,282         20,525         9,750         19,150   

Exempt from income tax

     994         1,981         669         1,263   

Interest on deposits in other banks

     106         209         189         345   

Interest on investment securities

     1,526         2,712         1,592         3,241   

Interest on Federal funds sold

     3         6         3         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     12,911         25,433         12,203         24,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

           

Time deposits

     119         229         186         377   

Savings deposits

     1,182         2,319         1,170         2,543   

Other borrowed funds

     98         229         138         295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,399         2,777         1,494         3,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     11,512         22,656         10,709         20,791   

Provision for loan losses

     975         1,950         750         1,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     10,537         20,706         9,959         19,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating income:

           

Service charges and fees

     1,177         2,091         1,161         1,982   

Investment securities gains, net

     981         1,171         780         792   

Dividend Income

     —           —           —           —     

Other income

     1,405         2,827         1,278         2,910   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating income

     3,563         6,089         3,219         5,684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating expenses:

           

Salaries and employee benefits

     5,378         10,699         4,934         9,743   

Occupancy

     1,513         2,878         1,429         2,781   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     1,194         2,438         1,415         2,765   

General, administrative and other expenses

     3,377         6,353         3,157         6,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating expenses

     11,462         22,368         10,935         21,611   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income before income taxes

     2,638         4,427         2,243         3,389   

Provision for income taxes

     586         951         606         866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     2,052         3,476         1,637         2,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL ACCOUNTS ($ in thousands)

For the period ended June 30, 2011, December 31, and June 30, 2010

 

     June
2011
    December
2010
    June
2010
 

Capital Stock:

      

Treasury Stocks:

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (290   $ (290   $ (290

(32,176 shares at 6/30/11 and 6/30/10)

      

Shares in Treasury

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (290     (290     (290
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock:

      

Balance at beginning of period

     1,830        1,820        1,820   

(8,714,116 and 8,669,487 at 12/31/10 and 12/31/09, respectively)

      

Treasury Stock, net

      

Exercise of stock options and grant of stock bonus

     11        10        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(6,293 and 6,838 shares issued, respectively)

      

Balance at end of period

     1,841        1,830        1,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(8,765,429 and 8,696,231 at 6/30/11 and 6/30/10, respectively)

      

Capital Surplus:

      

Balance at beginning of period

     13,683        13,357        13,357   

Shares issued

      

Exercise of stock options and grant of stock bonus

     326        326        197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     14,009        13,683        13,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain income:

      

Balance at beginning of period

     (1,403     (1,781     (1,781

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities avaiable-for-sale, net of tax effects

     1,508        378        2,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     105        (1,403     466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained Earnings:

      

Balance at beginning of period

     70,532        67,789        67,789   

Net income

     3,476        7,092        2,523   

Treasury Stock, net

      

Cash dividends declared

     (2,189     (4,349     (2,172
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     71,819        70,532        68,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 87,484      $ 84,352      $ 83,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Item 2 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Results of Operations

As of first half of 2011, Bank of Guam’s total resources increased by $35 million (up 3.53%) to $1.026 billion from $990.6 million at December 31, 2010. This increase is largely attributed to the growth in our Investment Securities portfolio, which increased $47.4 million to $269.3 million at June 30, 2011 (up 21.4%) from $221.9 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, there was an increase in Other Assets, which increased $10 million to $39.5 million at June 30, 2011, up 33.8% from $29.5 million at December 31, 2010. This was offset by a $8.4 million decrease in Interest Bearing Deposits in Other Banks from $60.5 million as of December 31, 2010 to $52.2 million as June 30, 2011. Also, there was a $5.2 million decrease in our Loan Portfolio from $611.1 million as of December 31, 2010 to 605.9 million as of first half 2011.

Total liabilities for Bank of Guam recorded a strong growth closing the first half of 2011 at $938.1 million, up $31.9 million (or 3.52%) from $906.2 million at December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily attributed to an increase of $33.2 million (or 3.74%) in our Deposit portfolio from $889.3 million as of December 31, 2010 to $922.5 million as of June 30, 2011. In addition, there was an increase of $3.6 million in Other Liabilities from $1.7 million as of December 31, 2010 to $5.4 million as of June 30, 2011. This was offset by a $5 million decrease in Bank Borrowings from $15 million as of December 31, 2010 to $10 million as of first half 2011.

As of the first half of 2011, total shareholder’s equity stood at $87.5 million, up $3.1 million from $84.3 million at December 31, 2010. This increase is attributed to a $1.35 million increase in Accumulated Comprehensive Income, coupled with a $1.3 million increase in Retained Earnings.

Net income after taxes as of June 30, 2011 totaled $2.1 million, which was $416 thousand higher as of same time last year at $1.6 million. This increase in Net Income is largely attributed to the $578 thousand increase in Net Interest Income after Loan Loss Provision and a $344 thousand increase in Other Operating Income, which was slightly offset by a $527 thousand increase in Other Operating Expenses.

There are no substantial changes to the Bank’s liquidity position as indicated below.

The Bank continues to maintain a positive liquidity position in terms of its asset and liability management.


Selected Financial Data

 

    

June 30

2011

   

December 31

2010

   

June 30

2010

 

Net Loans

     605,890        611,949        610,019   

Total Deposits

     922,494        889,319        881,188   

Core Deposits

     599,545        551,544        533,359   

Volatile Deposits

     322,949        337,775        347,829   

Asset Liquidity Measures

      

Percent of Total Assets

      

Cash & Due from Banks

     8.22     9.35     10.31

Fed Funds Sold

     0.49     1.01     0.76

Total Investments

     26.25     22.16     21.22

Percent of Total Deposits

      

Net Loans

     65.68     68.81     69.23

Liability Liquidity Measures

      

Percent of Total Liabilities

      

Total Deposits

     98.33     97.89     97.81

Percent of Total Deposits

      

Demand Deposits

     27.69     26.26     25.17

Interest Bearing Deposits

     72.31     73.74     74.83

Total Equity to Total Assets

     8.53     8.43     8.50

Core Deposits to Total Assets

     58.46     55.65     54.17

Core Deposits to Total Deposits

     64.99     62.02     60.53

Volatile Liabilities to Total Assets

     31.49     34.08     35.33

Volatile Liabilities to Total Deposits

     35.01     37.98     39.47

Reserve for Loan Losses to Total Assets

     0.98     0.92     0.95

Reserve for Loan Losses to Total Loans

     1.63     1.47     1.50


Part II

Item 5 – Other Information

The Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of the Bank of Guam was held on May 2, 2011, in Hagåtña, Guam. Ms. Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, President/CEO and Chair of the Board, presided over the meeting. Of the 8,732,195 shares outstanding, represented in person or by proxy were 5,911,985 (67.70%) as of the record date of March 15, 2011.

Proposal for Election of Directors. The nominees to the Board of Directors of the Bank of Guam to serve as Directors for a term of three years, listed below, were elected by the Shareholders. The following schedule lists the number of shares cast for each nominee:

 

Votes Withheld Votes Withheld
     Total
Votes For
     Total
Votes Withheld
 

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

     5,885,493         26,492   

Joaquin P.L.G. Cook

     5,886,225         25,760   

Martin D. Leon Guerrero

     5,887,125         24,860   

Joe T. San Agustin

     5,884,151         27,834   

Item 6 - Exhibits

Exhibit A Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit B Certification of Chief Financial Officer


Signatures

Under the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Bank has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Bank of Guam

 

By:   

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

  Date:   8/5/11
   Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero    
   President/Chair of the Board    
By:   

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

  Date:   8/5/2011
   Francisco M. Atalig    
   SVP/Chief Financial Officer    
By:   

/s/ Lori C. Sablan

  Date:   8/5/2011
   Lori C. Sablan    
   VP/Controller    


Exhibit A

Certification Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

I, Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bank of Guam (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: August 5, 2011

 

/s/ Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero

Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero
President/Chair of the Board


Exhibit B

Certification Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

I, Francisco M. Atalig, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bank of Guam (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: August 5, 2011

 

/s/ Francisco M. Atalig

Francisco M. Atalig
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer